{"title":"Tuff Stuff Overland","description":"\u003cp\u003eTuff Stuff Overland, part of The Wheel Group, builds rooftop tents, vehicle awnings, annex rooms and camp gear for trucks, Jeeps and SUVs. Each product is listed with its own part numbers, and the tents, awnings and accessories are sized to work together.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eThe line-up\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft shell rooftop tents:\u003c\/strong\u003e Trailhead (2 person), Trailhead Pro, Ranger 65 (3 person) and Elite (4 to 5 person, annex room included).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHard shell rooftop tents:\u003c\/strong\u003e Alpha and Alpha II in ABS, Alpine 51, Alpine 61 and Stealth in aluminum, for 2 to 3 people.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAwnings:\u003c\/strong\u003e 270 degree awnings in Compact and XL sizes for the driver or passenger side, the 180 degree XL, and 4.5x6 and 6.5x8 foot truck and car awnings, with shade walls for each.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTent accessories:\u003c\/strong\u003e annex rooms, insulated liners, anti-condensation mats, Xtreme Weather covers, ladder extensions, a telescoping ladder, security nuts and fitted sheets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCamp gear:\u003c\/strong\u003e shower and changing room tents, a portable toilet, Titan and Halo solar lights, an LED light strip, a 12V air compressor, water bottles and an adjustable truck bed rack for a rooftop tent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow to choose\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoft shell tents fold out over the side and sleep more people for the weight; hard shell tents open in seconds and pack lower.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck your rack's dynamic load rating against the tent weight before you buy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePick the awning side that matches your camp setup, and match annex rooms and shade walls to the tent or awning model listed on each page.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBed racks come in 40 and 51 inch lengths to carry a tent over a truck bed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eQuestions about fitment, offset or which wheel suits your build? Reach us through our \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003econtact page\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRelated: \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/overland-rooftop-tents\"\u003eRooftop Tents\u003c\/a\u003e | \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/awnings\"\u003eAwnings\u003c\/a\u003e | \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/awning-walls-and-rooms\"\u003eAwning Walls and Rooms\u003c\/a\u003e | \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/tent-accessories-and-mounts\"\u003eTent Accessories\u003c\/a\u003e | \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/truck-racks\"\u003eOverland Truck Bed Racks\u003c\/a\u003e | \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/camping-gear\"\u003eCamping Gear\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"tuff-stuff-overland-alpha-hardshell-rooftop-tent-abs-2-3-person-black","title":"Tuff Stuff Overland Alpha Hardshell Rooftop Tent, ABS, 2-3 Person, Black","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tuff Stuff Alpha is a hybrid side-opening rooftop tent that can be set up in under 2 minutes. With a sloped aerodynamic shell, the Alpha ensures minimal wind resistance when driving. Its high profile allows bedding to be kept inside while closed. Overland with a tent that’s quick and easy to camp comfortably.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMounting hardware \u0026amp; brackets for installation (fits up to 3.25\" cross bars)\u003cbr\u003e Mattress\u003cbr\u003e Shoe bag, 1 qty\u003cbr\u003e Storage bag, 1 qty\u003cbr\u003e Window rods, 6 qty\u003cbr\u003e Window awnings (removable)\u003cbr\u003e Rainfly\u003cbr\u003e Moon roof \u003cbr\u003e Telescoping ladder with angled steps \u003cbr\u003e LED Lights for interior \u0026amp; exterior (requires power from a USB power pack, not included)\u003cbr\u003e Patch kit \u0026amp; glue to perform repairs\u003cbr\u003e Not included, but available, is the Alpha™ Annex Room.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable Colors: Black and Gray\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSpecifications\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Sleeping Capacity: 2-3 People\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Open dimensions L\/W\/H: 75x87x52 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Closed dimensions L\/W\/H: 75x55x15 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Mattress L\/W\/H: 71x87x2.75\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Weight: 176 Lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Weight Capacity: 1100 Lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Tent Material: 280 G Poly\/Cotton Rip-Stop\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Rainfly Material: 210D Polyester\/Oxford PU coated 5000mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Floor: Heavy-duty aluminum honeycomb\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Shell: ABS\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Zippers: YKK with custom para-cord pulls (reduces annoying dinging in wind)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n LED Light: Amber \u0026amp; White light (inside and outside)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Windows: 3 window openings w\/ mesh screens \u0026amp; window rods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Skylight with mesh and solid panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Window Awnings: 2 side window openings have removable (zip-off) rain awnings (included)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Installation brackets fit crossbars up to 3.25\" wide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Mounting rails: 32.5\" apart\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Steel cable locks w\/ 2 pairs of keys\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Ladder: Telescoping 7.5' tall w\/angled steps (included)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Mounting hardware: Stainless steel (Included)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Not included, but available, the Annex room\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eImportant:\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ALPHA™ tent is designed to open to the passenger side ONLY\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Alpha Shell is made of ABS material which will react (expand\/contract) with the heat and cold temperatures. It is perfectly normal to notice changes in the roof or the spacing between the shell and the floor.\u003cbr\u003eIf you have experienced any large temperature changes in your area, this is most likely the case and is not a cause for alarm. It has no impact on the tent's performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eInstructions\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Tent\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Mounting your tent requires a minimum of 2 people for lifting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Your tent will ONLY OPEN ON THE PASSENGER SIDE. Position the tent on top of the vehicle's roof rack, bed rack, or trailer and center to your liking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Using the supplied hardware and mounting plates, slide the hardware into the channel so there are 2 bolts per corner (one in front and one behind the vehicle's crossbars).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Run the bolts through the mounting brackets holes, thread nuts onto each bolt.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Confirm you are happy with the position of the tent, vehicle balance, and appearance then tighten all nuts to the brackets until the tent cannot move.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Undo the buckles on the side of the tent, push up on the handle to actuate the hydraulic rams to open the tent hard shell, Pull out on the telescoping ladder until it is fully extended- pull down on ladder until the folding side of the tent has opened and extended fully.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Reposition the ladder to your desired height\/angle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Install the supplied tension rods on the overhang of the tent \u0026amp; windows, open the door, and enjoy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for Alpha Manual\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRequired Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe Clear coat on our Alpha shells is a clear layer of paint sprayed on the ABS shell to protect it from UV rays, rocks, and dirt kicked up from the road. The clear coat will wear off with time and can also be chipped off by salt, road debris, and nature. You can protect your clear coat by regular washing and waxing.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTips to protect your clear coat\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKeep out of the sun as much as possible\u003c\/strong\u003e\nOver time, the powerful UV rays in direct sunlight can wear down the clear coat.\nHot sunlight can also open small “pores” in your clear coat, allowing more dirt and debris to get in. So, to protect the clear coat and lengthen its lifespan, park in a garage or in the shade whenever possible.\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClear off bird and bug droppings immediately\u003c\/strong\u003e\nBird droppings are highly acidic. If they’re left on the clear coat, they can erode and destroy the layer of clear coat. If you spot any bird or bug droppings, rinse them off immediately with water from a hose.\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtect your clear coat from salty air\u003c\/strong\u003e\nSalt will corrode the clear coat. So, if you live in a salty coastal climate, keep in mind that you will need to wash off\/rinse your shell the same as you would a surfboard. Salty air and spray are some of the biggest nemeses of clear coating.\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAvoid getting tree sap on your vehicle\u003c\/strong\u003e\nFor most, the risk of getting tree sap on your car is much lower than the risk of encountering bird droppings or salty air. However, tree sap is a double threat: the sap can soak into your clear coat and damage it directly, or it can attract dust and dirt and force these materials into your clear coat.\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHand wash and apply wax regularly\u003c\/strong\u003e\nWashing will remove dust and dirt that stick to the clear coat over the course of driving. Dirt will quickly wear down your clear coat, so removing the dirt frequently will protect the clear coat and lengthen its lifespan.\n\u003cbr\u003eMany automotive companies sell special clear-coat protection products that seal and protect your clear coat. To apply the product, simply rub it into the clear coat with a microfiber cloth. Follow the directions printed on the bottle and apply the clear-coat protection roughly as often as you wash your vehicle. You can purchase clear-coat protection products at any large automotive supply store or online.\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCracked Shell (Life Happens)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRepair\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Clean area with soap, water, and plastic cleaner.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Grind damaged area, then repair with a PlastiFix® Rigid Plastic Repair Kit or similar product.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Prime.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Paint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\nPlastiFix® is an optimal repair method. Weld repairs may be backed with epoxy for extra strength.\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean Surface\u003c\/strong\u003e\nIn order to maximize the strength of any repair, thoroughly clean contaminants from the surface in the damaged area.\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Clean both sides with soap and water. Dry with a clean cloth or compressed air.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Spray Plastic Cleaner onto the surface and wipe off while wet with a clean, lint-free cloth. Wipe in one direction to avoid spreading contaminants back over the clean area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAlign Damage and Deformation\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the plastic is distorted, heat with a heat gun and reshape the distorted area. When heating plastic, it is important that the plastic be heated all the way through. Hold the heat gun on the area until the opposite side of the plastic is uncomfortable to the touch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnce heated, force the plastic back into position with a small roller or other appropriate tool, then cool the area with a damp cloth. Stretched areas can be shrunk with the shell cold. Keep working until smooth, then sand overall with 80 grit to help identify remaining low spots. Push out remaining low spots and repeat the process.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the damaged area is cut or torn to the edge, align the cosmetic surface with Aluminum Body Tape and begin the repair process on the back. By aligning the outer surface, you minimize the amount of filler required to restore the proper profile to the part.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlastiFix Rigid Plastic Repair Kit\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCrack Repair\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforcing\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eVideos\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eFAQs\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I keep my rooftop tent shell looking nice?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot unlike a Brazilian model, keep it clean and waxed. Just like anything that you want to keep nice you need to maintain it. This means washing and waxing on a semi-regular basis. Sticks and stones, bird dookie, bug splatter, salty air, bad jokes, etc. will all work to etch and ruin your sweet, beautiful Alpha shell. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I run my vehicle and tent through a car wash?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot unless you're filming something for Instagram and don't care if your tent gets ripped from the vehicle like a category 5 hurricane.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSimilar to, \"The Princess and the Pea\" I too require a memory foam mattress. Why don't you sell one with your tents?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHave you ever fallen into a memory foam bed when it's cold? If so, then you know why we do not offer memory foam mattresses. Cold weather and memory foam are not friends. Not only does memory foam \"freeze\" up in the cold but it holds moisture and its little friend mold. RTT's have enough issues with condensation. You do not want to add a hard, wet, moldy sponge to the mix.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping \/ Delivery\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRooftop Tents ship via LTL Truck Freight and will ship separately from any other items in your cart.\u003cbr\u003ePlease allow 2-3 business days for your Tent to be palletized and picked up by the freight company.  You will receive a tracking confirmation as soon as your shipment is picked up from the warehouse.\u003cbr\u003eFreight\/Delivery times are 7-10 business days from our warehouse to the Destination Terminal.\u003cbr\u003eFinal Delivery is by Appointment, please provide the best phone number on your order to avoid any missed calls which will delay your delivery.  Please note that the available delivery days will vary based on the distance from the Destination Terminal and the Final Delivery address (your shipping address), if you are in a rural or remote area, the carrier may only service your area once a week. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo NOT miss your delivery once scheduled or you will be charged for rescheduling. We get charged and will pass the charge on to you.  \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor residential deliveries: The courier will only deliver to the sidewalk, driveway, or garage. A valid telephone number must be provided at the time of purchase. This needs to be a number that you can be reached at in order for the delivery driver to schedule a delivery time. Failure to provide a valid telephone number will result in your tent not being shipped until we can make contact with you. \u003cbr\u003eIf you cannot arrange to be available or fail to respond to the carrier, your tent will be returned to our warehouse and the return freight charges will be applied to your credit card.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReceiving and Inspection. You have a 15-minute window to inspect your shipment before signing and accepting the delivery.  Please take pictures of the shipment before your sign and accept delivery.\u003cbr\u003eIf your tent is Not received Strapped on a Pallet, REFUSE the shipment, and call us immediately at 866-220-0171, we will process a replacement shipment at once.\u003cbr\u003eIf there are any holes in the box, look in the hole to inspect if there is any damage to the tent.  If there is any Visible Damage to the Tent, REFUSE the shipment and call us immediately at 866-220-0171, we will process a replacement shipment at once.\u003cbr\u003eNote any Damage (crushed corners, scuff marks, tears) to the box on the BOL Before Signing for your delivery.\u003cbr\u003eLastly, please open and inspect the tent As Soon As Possible.  If any damage is found once you open the packaging, stop, and take pictures. Make sure to take pictures of the packaging, the tent, anything that will provide context for the damage. Concealed damage and missing parts must be reported within 72 hours of delivery. After 72 hours we are not able to file a claim with the carrier and our options to repair or replace your tent will be limited.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoxed Alpha - 77 x 58 x 17 x 214 lbs\u003cbr\u003ePallet - 80 x 20 x 57 x 80 lbs\u003cbr\u003eTotal Shipped - 80 x 20 x 57 x 294 lbs\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eFitment\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eUniversal. Mounts to roof racks and bed racks with compatible cross bars; check the rack's dynamic load rating against the tent weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003ePart Numbers\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eMPN TS-RTT-CS-BK\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Tuff Stuff Overland","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53621330411831,"sku":"TS-RTT-CS-BK","price":3603.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0744\/2808\/8631\/files\/tuff-stuff-alpha-hard-top-side-open-tent-black-3-person-roof-top-tent-tuff-stuff-overland-606015.jpg?v=1794595034"},{"product_id":"tuff-stuff-overland-alpha-cotton-fitted-sheets-grey","title":"Tuff Stuff Overland Alpha Cotton Fitted Sheets, Grey","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Alpha Series Cotton Fitted Sheets are complement to your Alpha or Alpha II Roof Top Tent. The 100 thread count Cotton Fitted Sheets provide an added layer of protection to keep your mattress looking new and stain free, they are easy to take on and off between trips and are machine washable.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFITS:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTuff Stuff Alpha \u0026amp; Alpha II Roof Top Tents\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBox Dims: 14x11x2 2lbs\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eFitment\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eUniversal. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003ePart Numbers\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMPN TS-2-2003FIT (Alpha)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMPN TS-2-2002FIT (Alpha II)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Tuff Stuff Overland","offers":[{"title":"Alpha","offer_id":53621784150327,"sku":"TS-2-2003FIT","price":100.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Alpha II","offer_id":53621784183095,"sku":"TS-2-2002FIT","price":90.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0744\/2808\/8631\/files\/alpha-cotton-fitted-sheets-grey-mattress-cover-tuff-stuff-overland-334288.png?v=1794602997"},{"product_id":"tuff-stuff-overland-trailhead-pro-roof-top-tent","title":"Tuff Stuff Overland Trailhead Pro Roof Top Tent","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eTuff Stuff Overland Trailhead Pro\u003c\/strong\u003e is the ideal rooftop tent for adventure enthusiasts seeking comfort, durability, and quick setup on their journeys.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe New Tuff Stuff Overland PRO Series Roof Top Tents has a redesigned Driving Cover that is integrated into the tent and remains attached when opening and closing the tent, reducing setup times to a few minutes.  We Upgraded the Tent Fabric making the Trailhead PRO rated for all Four Seasons and Increased the thickness of the Mattress providing a more comfortable nights rest all year long.  We also added a set of Cross Bars for additional storage options when going on your next Adventure.  The Trailhead PRO offers convenience and robust features for two-person camping excursions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour-Season Performance\u003c\/strong\u003e: Engineered adventures All Year Long.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacious Two-Person Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e: Roomy interior for a comfortable night's rest.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuick \u0026amp; Easy Setup\u003c\/strong\u003e: Ready for relaxation in under five minutes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuperior Weather Protection\u003c\/strong\u003e:\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTent Material\u003c\/strong\u003e: Crafted from 280G Poly\/Cotton with rip-stop technology, PU-coated for a 3000MM waterproof rating, and UV50+ protection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRainfly\u003c\/strong\u003e: 420D polyester Oxford, equally waterproof and UV-protected.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Duty Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e:\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNEW Redesigned PVC Cover\u003c\/strong\u003e: Integrated 1000D waterproof driving cover shields the tent during travel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAluminum Honeycomb Tent Floor\u003c\/strong\u003e: Offers durability and supports up to 800 lbs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced Comfort\u003c\/strong\u003e:\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPGRADED Foam Mattress\u003c\/strong\u003e: High-density, removable, and washable cover for clean, cozy sleeping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVentilation \u0026amp; Views\u003c\/strong\u003e: Four windows with mesh screens and awnings, plus a skylight for stargazing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardware\u003c\/strong\u003e: Equipped with SBS zippers and custom para-cord pulls for durability and smooth operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPGRADED Ladder\u003c\/strong\u003e: 7.5-foot telescoping ladder with effortless one-button operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Mounting Options\u003c\/strong\u003e: Opens to the driver\/passenger side or rear of your vehicle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOpen Dimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e: (L\/W\/H) \u003cstrong\u003e56 x 95 x 50 inches\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClosed Dimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e: (L\/W\/H) \u003cstrong\u003e56 x 48 x 12 inches\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClosed Dimensions w\/Cross Bars\u003c\/strong\u003e: (L\/W\/H) \u003cstrong\u003e56 x 48 x 15.5 inches\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e: 120 lbs \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWherever the trail leads, the Trailhead Pro ensures you’ll camp in style, comfort, and confidence. Take your outdoor adventures to the next level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Trailhead Pro Roof Top Tent Includes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMounting Hardware (fits up to 2.75\" cross bar)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCross Bars\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRatcheting Wrench\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWindow Rods\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCargo Sling\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch4\u003eFitment\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eUniversal. Mounts to roof racks and bed racks with compatible cross bars; check the rack's dynamic load rating against the tent weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003ePart Numbers\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eMPN TS-1-3102OLV\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Tuff Stuff Overland","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53621784215863,"sku":"TS-1-3102OLV","price":1500.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0744\/2808\/8631\/files\/trailhead-pro-roof-top-tent-roof-top-tent-tuff-stuff-overland-996510.jpg?v=1794603003"},{"product_id":"tuff-stuff-overland-270-degree-awning-shade-walls-fits-xl-driver-side-only-door-wall-olive-pack-1","title":"Tuff Stuff Overland 270 Degree Awning Shade Walls, fits XL Driver Side Only, Door \u0026 Wall, Olive, Pack 1","description":"Includes one door panel and one window panelProvides you protection from the wind, rain, sun, and extreme weather conditionsDurable 280gsm polycottonIncludes 1 panel with a built-in zippered screen with a weather door and 1 panel with a built-in zippered screen with a weather windowEach panel and door can be extended for additional shade\u003cbr\u003eZips easily into the awning to create an extended shelterGuy lines, steel tent stakes, and storage bags included\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat’s included:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e270 Degree XL Driver Side Awning Shade Walls (2 walls per pack)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne door panel and one window panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 Steel Tent Stakes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 Guy Lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccessory Storage Bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShade Wall Storage Bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNote: for full coverage order our \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWill \u003cstrong\u003eNOT\u003c\/strong\u003e fit the Tuff Stuff Overland 270º Degree Compact Awning, Tuff Stuff Overland 270 XL Passenger Side Awning, or the Tuff Stuff Overland 180º Degree XL Awning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eFitment\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eUniversal. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003ePart Numbers\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eMPN TS-AWN-SW-270-XL-D-1\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Tuff Stuff Overland","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53621784543543,"sku":"TS-AWN-SW-270-XL-D-1","price":314.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0744\/2808\/8631\/files\/270-degree-awning-shade-walls-fits-xl-driver-side-only-door-wall-olive-awning-shade-wall-tuff-stuff-overland-640950.jpg?v=1794603010"},{"product_id":"tuff-stuff-overland-270-degree-awning-shade-walls-fits-xl-driver-side-only-3-walls-olive-pack-2","title":"Tuff Stuff Overland 270 Degree Awning Shade Walls, fits XL Driver Side Only, 3 Walls, Olive, Pack 2","description":"\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProvides you protection from the wind, rain, sun, and extreme weather conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable 280gsm polycotton\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes 3 panels with built-in zippered screens with weather windows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEach panel can be extended for additional shade\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZips easily into the awning to create an extended shelter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuy lines, steel tent stakes, and storage bags included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat’s included:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e270 Degree XL Driver Side Awning Shade Walls (3 walls per pack)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThree window panels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 Steel Tent Stakes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 Guy Lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccessory Storage Bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShade Wall Storage Bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNote: for full coverage order our \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWill \u003cstrong\u003eNOT\u003c\/strong\u003e fit the Tuff Stuff Overland 270º Degree Compact Awning, Tuff Stuff Overland 270º Degree XL Passenger Side Awning or the Tuff Stuff Overland 180º Degree XL Awning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eFitment\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eUniversal. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003ePart Numbers\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eMPN TS-AWN-SW-270-XL-D-2\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Tuff Stuff Overland","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53621784772919,"sku":"TS-AWN-SW-270-XL-D-2","price":347.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0744\/2808\/8631\/files\/270-degree-awning-shade-walls-fits-xl-driver-side-only-3-walls-olive-awning-shade-wall-tuff-stuff-overland-921994.jpg?v=1794603016"},{"product_id":"tuff-stuff-overland-270-degree-awning-xl-passenger-side-c-channel-aluminum-olive","title":"Tuff Stuff Overland 270 Degree Awning, XL, Passenger Side, C-Channel Aluminum, Olive","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tuff Stuff Overland 270º Degree XL Awning provides 129 square feet of serious protection from the elements. Deploy or pack up in as little as 30 seconds and mount on almost any rack or crossbar setup. With 129 square feet of awning, you can protect your family, your neighbor's family, and the park ranger against the next rain, snow, or blazing hot sunny day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis awning is installed on the passenger side of your vehicle. It cannot be reversed.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNeed less shade or an awning you can use with your hatchback? Consider our 270 Awning Compact or 180 Awning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eImportant:\u003cbr\u003eDepending on your setup, you may need a side-specific awning. For example, our Alpha \u0026amp; Stealth tents install and open to the Passenger side. In that case, you would need a Driver side awning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFEATURES AND BENEFITS:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProvides 129 square feet of shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e280GSM poly cotton rip-stop awning fabric\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2500MM waterproofing and UV protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeather-resistant 1000G PVC Driving Cover with heavy-duty zippers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eC-Channel aluminum arms for maximum strength while keeping the awning light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6 aluminum telescoping poles that store inside the awning arms, 8' max length\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVarious guy line attachment points for structural support and rain runoff\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 tie-downs to secure each end of the awning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuy lines, heavy-duty steel ground stakes, mounting brackets, hardware, and accessory storage bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSPECIFICATIONS\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAWNING\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBacking Plate Hardware Slide Distance (vertical distance between backing plate hardware sliding channels): 4.5 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBacking Plate Adjustability (maximum adjustability on backing plate hardware slides, this is the maximum distance between mounting brackets): 73 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElement Rating: If blustery, heavy rain, or snow conditions, close it up. Always best to use caution in windy, snowy, or heavy rain situations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAWNING BOX INCLUDES:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e270 XL Awning: 1 Qty\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 62 Lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClosed Dimensions L\/W\/H: 88 x 7 x 6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOpen Dimensions L\/W\/H: 240 x 157 x 102 inches (Maximum height for telescoping poles)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy-Duty Ground Stakes: 8 Qty\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuy Lines: 8 Qty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTie Downs: 2 Qty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStorage Bag: 1 Qty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eMOUNTING HARDWARE BOX INCLUDES:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nHeavy-duty Mounting Brackets: 3 Qty\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 14.6 Lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUbolts: 6 Qty\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePegs: 11 Qty\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpring Washers (M8): 12 Qty\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBolts (M8-1.25 x 25MM): 6 Qty\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNylock Nuts (M8 x 25MM): 18 Qty\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlat Washers (M8 x 25MM): 18 Qty\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTensioning Straps: 2 Qty\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuy Lines: 11 Qty\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch4\u003eFitment\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eUniversal. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003ePart Numbers\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eMPN TS-AWN-270-XL-P-KIT\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Tuff Stuff Overland","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53621784805687,"sku":"TS-AWN-270-XL-P-KIT","price":985.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0744\/2808\/8631\/files\/tuff-stuff-270o-degree-xl-awning-passenger-awning-tuff-stuff-overland-567807.jpg?v=1794603023"},{"product_id":"tuff-stuff-overland-270-degree-awning-xl-driver-side-c-channel-aluminum-olive","title":"Tuff Stuff Overland 270 Degree Awning, XL, Driver Side, C-Channel Aluminum, Olive","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tuff Stuff Overland 270º Degree XL Awning provides 129 square feet of serious protection from the elements. Deploy or pack up in as little as 30 seconds and mount on almost any rack or crossbar setup. With 129 square feet of awning, you can protect your family, your neighbor's family, and the park ranger against the next rain, snow, or blazing hot sunny day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis awning is installed on the driver's side of your vehicle. It cannot be reversed.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNeed less shade or an awning you can use with your hatchback? Consider our 270 Awning Compact or 180 Awning. \u003cbr\u003eImportant:\u003cbr\u003eDepending on your setup, you may need a side-specific awning. For example, our Alpha \u0026amp; Stealth tents install and open to the Passenger side. In that case, you would need a Driver side awning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFEATURES AND BENEFITS:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProvides 129 square feet of shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e280GSM poly cotton rip-stop awning fabric\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2500MM waterproofing and UV protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeather-resistant 1000G PVC Driving Cover with heavy-duty zippers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eC-Channel aluminum arms for maximum strength while keeping the awning light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6 aluminum telescoping poles that store inside the awning arms, 8' max length\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVarious guy line attachment points for structural support and rain runoff\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 tie-downs to secure each end of the awning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuy lines, heavy-duty steel ground stakes, mounting brackets, hardware, and accessory storage bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSPECIFICATIONS\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAWNING\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBacking Plate Hardware Slide Distance (vertical distance between backing plate hardware sliding channels): 4.5 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBacking Plate Adjustability (maximum adjustability on backing plate hardware slides, this is the maximum distance between mounting brackets): 73 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElement Rating: If blustery, heavy rain, or snow conditions, close it up. Always best to use caution in windy, snowy, or heavy rain situations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAWNING BOX INCLUDES:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e270 XL Awning: 1 Qty\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 62 Lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClosed Dimensions L\/W\/H: 88 x 7 x 6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOpen Dimensions L\/W\/H: 240 x 157 x 102 inches (Maximum height for telescoping poles)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy-Duty Ground Stakes: 8 Qty\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuy Lines: 8 Qty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTie Downs: 2 Qty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStorage Bag: 1 Qty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eMOUNTING HARDWARE BOX INCLUDES:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nHeavy-duty Mounting Brackets: 3 Qty\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 14.6 Lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUbolts: 6 Qty\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePegs: 11 Qty\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpring Washers (M8): 12 Qty\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBolts (M8-1.25 x 25MM): 6 Qty\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNylock Nuts (M8 x 25MM): 18 Qty\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlat Washers (M8 x 25MM): 18 Qty\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTensioning Straps: 2 Qty\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuy Lines: 11 Qty\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch4\u003eFitment\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eUniversal. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003ePart Numbers\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eMPN TS-AWN-270-XL-D-KIT\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Tuff Stuff Overland","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53621784838455,"sku":"TS-AWN-270-XL-D-KIT","price":985.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0744\/2808\/8631\/files\/tuff-stuff-270o-degree-xl-awning-driver-awning-tuff-stuff-overland-837095.jpg?v=1794603029"},{"product_id":"tuff-stuff-overland-270-degree-awning-compact-passenger-side-c-channel-aluminum-olive","title":"Tuff Stuff Overland 270 Degree Awning, Compact, Passenger Side, C-Channel Aluminum, Olive","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tuff Stuff Overland 270 Compact Awning provides 80 square feet of shade. Deploy or pack up in as quick as 30 seconds and mount on virtually any rack or crossbar setup. Wherever your adventures take you, the Tuff Stuff Overland 270 Compact Awning has got you covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis awning is installed on the passenger side of your vehicle. It cannot be reversed.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNeed more shade? Consider our 270 Awning XL. It's like a veranda for your truck or car.\u003cbr\u003eImportant:\u003cbr\u003eDepending on your setup, you may need a side-specific awning. For example, our Alpha \u0026amp; Stealth tents install and open to the Passenger side. In that case, you would need a Driver side awning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFEATURES AND BENEFITS:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Durable 280GSM poly cotton rip-stop awning fabric \u003cbr\u003e Weather-resistant 1000G PVC Driving Cover with heavy-duty zippers\u003cbr\u003e 80 square feet of overhead coverage\u003cbr\u003e C-Channel aluminum arms for maximum strength while keeping the awning light\u003cbr\u003e 4 aluminum telescoping poles that store inside the awning arms, 8' max length\u003cbr\u003e Various guy line attachment points for maximum structural support\u003cbr\u003e 2 branded tie-downs to secure each end of the awning\u003cbr\u003e Guy lines, steel tent stakes, and accessory storage bag included\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e Note: for full coverage order our TUFF STUFF 270º COMPACT SHADE WALLS PACK 1 - (1 DOOR, 1 WALL) \u0026amp; TUFF STUFF 270º COMPACT SHADE WALLS PACK 2 - (2 WALLS)\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSPECIFICATIONS\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAWNING\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBacking Plate Hardware Slide Distance (vertical distance between backing plate hardware sliding channels): 4.5 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBacking Plate Adjustability (maximum adjustability on backing plate hardware slides, this is the maximum distance between mounting brackets): 73 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElement Rating: If blustery, heavy rain, or snow conditions, close it up. Always best to use caution in windy, snowy, or heavy rain situations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAWNING BOX INCLUDES:\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e270 Degree Compact Awning: 1 Qty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 53 Lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClosed Dimensions L\/W\/H: 83 x 7 x 5 inches\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy-Duty Ground Stakes: 8 Qty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuy Lines: 8 Qty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTie Downs: 2 Qty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStorage Bag: 1 Qty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMOUNTING HARDWARE BOX INCLUDES:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nHeavy-duty Mounting Brackets: 2 Qty\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 12.6 Lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUbolts: 4 Qty\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePegs: 8 Qty\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpring Washers (M8): 8 Qty\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBolts (M8-1.25 x 25MM): 4 Qty\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNylock Nuts (M8 x 25MM): 12 Qty\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlat Washers (M8 x 25MM): 12 Qty\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTensioning Straps: 1 Qty\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuy Lines: 8 Qty\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch4\u003eFitment\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eUniversal. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003ePart Numbers\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eMPN TS-AWN-270-4P-KIT\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Tuff Stuff Overland","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53621784936759,"sku":"TS-AWN-270-4P-KIT","price":869.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0744\/2808\/8631\/files\/tuff-stuff-270o-degree-compact-awning-passenger-side-awning-tuff-stuff-overland-107687.webp?v=1794603035"},{"product_id":"tuff-stuff-overland-stealth-hardshell-rooftop-tent-aluminum-3-person-black","title":"Tuff Stuff Overland Stealth Hardshell Rooftop Tent, Aluminum, 3 Person, Black","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003eThe Tuff Stuff Stealth Roof Top Tent sleeps 3+ people and was built to last. Take the Stealth on any terrain in any weather. Camp in any season, drive under low-hanging branches, or bump a rocky ledge; Mother Nature has nothing on the aluminum shell.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Benefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA rugged aluminum hard-shell, four-season tent with room for three people\u003cbr\u003e Ultra-fast setup time takes less than two minutes\u003cbr\u003e Massive 71 x 87-inch mattress (bigger than a King) is 1.6 inches thick\u003cbr\u003e Manufactured from high-quality 280G poly-cotton windproof fabric\u003cbr\u003e Heavy-duty YKK zippers with custom para-cord pulls\u003cbr\u003e Includes a 210D poly-oxford rainfly \u003cbr\u003e Three windows with awnings and mesh screens for excellent ventilation and views\u003cbr\u003e Built-in skylight for star gazing\u003cbr\u003e Built-in internal and external LED light strips\u003cbr\u003e Designed to open to the passenger side only \u003cbr\u003e All aluminum frame, ladder, and roof rack mounts\u003cbr\u003e All necessary hardware for complete installation (including tools\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSpecifications\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Sleeping Capacity: 2-3 People\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Open dimensions L\/W\/H:  75x87x52 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Closed dimensions L\/W\/H: 75x55x13 inches (+3\" with storage rack)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Mattress L\/W\/H: 71x87x 1.6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Weight: 221 Lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Weight Capacity: 900 Lb\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Rack Capacity: 110 Lb\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRack Hardware Included. T-Slot bolts size M6 x 16mm 3030 Drop-In Bolt (for 3030 Series Standard 8mm T-Slot Aluminum Extrusion Profile)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTent Material: 280 G Poly\/Cotton Rip-Stop\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Rainfly Material: 210D Polyester\/Oxford PU coated 5000mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Floor: Heavy-duty aluminum honeycomb\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Shell: Aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Zippers: YKK with custom para-cord pulls (reduces annoying dinging in wind)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n LED Light: Amber \u0026amp; White light (inside and outside)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Windows: 3 window openings w\/ mesh screens \u0026amp; window rods Skylight with mesh and solid panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Window Awnings: included (Roll-up or zip off)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Telescoping Ladder: 7.5' tall w\/angled steps (included)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Mounting hardware: Mounting hardware: Stainless steel (Included)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Annex room: Optional\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNOTE: The Stealth™ tent is designed to open to the passenger side\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eInstructions\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1. Mounting your tent requires a minimum of 2 people for lifting. The Stealth can be mounted and opened from either the driver or passenger side but we designed it to open to the passenger side. There is a slight taper on one end to make it as aerodynamic as possible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2. Using the supplied hardware and mounting plates, slide the hardware into the channel so there are 2 bolts per corner (one in front and one behind the vehicles crossbars)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e3. Run the bolts through the mounting brackets holes, thread nuts onto each bolt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e4. Confirm you are happy with the position of the tent, vehicle balance, and appearance. Tighten all nuts to tighten the brackets until the tent cannot move.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e5. Undo the buckles on the side of the tent, push up on the handle to actuate the hydraulic rams to open the tent hard shell, Pull out on the telescoping ladder until it is fully extended- pull down on ladder until the folding side of the tent has opened and extended fully.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e6. Reposition the ladder to your desired height\/angle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e7. Install the supplied tension rods on the overhang of the tent \u0026amp; windows, open the door and enjoy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eVideos\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eFAQs\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this fit my vehicle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGreat question... Roof top tents are NOT vehicle specific. You just need to verify the weight capacity of your specific vehicle and make sure to provide a stable roof rack that can support the weight of the tent on top, in addition to the people chill'en inside.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping \/ Delivery\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRooftop Tents ship via LTL Truck Freight and will ship separately from any other items in your cart.\u003cbr\u003ePlease allow 2-3 business days for your Tent to be palletized and picked up by the freight company.  You will receive a tracking confirmation as soon as your shipment is picked up from the warehouse.\u003cbr\u003eFreight\/Delivery times are 7-10 business days from our warehouse to the Destination Terminal.\u003cbr\u003eFinal Delivery is by Appointment, please provide the best phone number on your order to avoid any missed calls which will delay your delivery.  Please note that the available delivery days will vary based on the distance from the Destination Terminal and the Final Delivery address (your shipping address), if you are in a rural or remote area, the carrier may only service your area once a week. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo NOT miss your delivery once scheduled or you will be charged for rescheduling. We get charged and will pass the charge on to you.  \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor residential deliveries: The courier will only deliver to the sidewalk, driveway, or garage. A valid telephone number must be provided at the time of purchase. This needs to be a number that you can be reached at in order for the delivery driver to schedule a delivery time. Failure to provide a valid telephone number will result in your tent not being shipped until we can make contact with you. \u003cbr\u003eIf you cannot arrange to be available or fail to respond to the carrier, your tent will be returned to our warehouse and the return freight charges will be applied to your credit card.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReceiving and Inspection. You have a 15-minute window to inspect your shipment before signing and accepting the delivery.  Please take pictures of the shipment before your sign and accept delivery.\u003cbr\u003eIf your tent is Not received Strapped on a Pallet, REFUSE the shipment, and call us immediately at 866-220-0171, we will process a replacement shipment at once.\u003cbr\u003eIf there are any holes in the box, look in the hole to inspect if there is any damage to the tent.  If there is any Visible Damage to the Tent, REFUSE the shipment and call us immediately at 866-220-0171, we will process a replacement shipment at once.\u003cbr\u003eNote any Damage (crushed corners, scuff marks, tears) to the box on the BOL Before Signing for your delivery.\u003cbr\u003eLastly, please open and inspect the tent As Soon As Possible.  If any damage is found once you open the packaging, stop, and take pictures. Make sure to take pictures of the packaging, the tent, anything that will provide context for the damage. Concealed damage and missing parts must be reported within 72 hours of delivery. After 72 hours we are not able to file a claim with the carrier and our options to repair or replace your tent will be limited.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eFitment\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eUniversal. Mounts to roof racks and bed racks with compatible cross bars; check the rack's dynamic load rating against the tent weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003ePart Numbers\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eMPN TS-RTT-STLTH\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Tuff Stuff Overland","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53621784969527,"sku":"TS-RTT-STLTH","price":4565.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0744\/2808\/8631\/files\/tuff-stuff-stealth-aluminum-side-open-tent-3-person-roof-top-tent-tuff-stuff-overland-142016.jpg?v=1794603042"},{"product_id":"tuff-stuff-overland-portable-air-compressor-5-65cfm-12v-black-for-trucks-cars-suvs","title":"Tuff Stuff Overland Portable Air Compressor, 5.65CFM, 12V, Black, For Trucks, Cars, SUVs","description":"\u003cp\u003eStay prepared on the road with the all-new Tuff Air Portable Air Compressor. Rugged and compact, the Tuff Air is accessory to take for every adventure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbutton\u003eDownload Instructions\u003c\/button\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFEATURES\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5.65CFM air intake\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy duty 12V motor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e40 min @ 40PSI duty cycle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnti-vibration base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e150PSI pressure gauge built directly into the coiled hose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10' insulated power cord with heavy duty alligator clips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStealth black powder coated metal cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eINCLUDED IN THE BOX\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e26ft Coiled Hose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e150PSI Pressure Gauge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 Universal Nozzle Adapters For Inflatables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStorage Bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSPECIFICATIONS\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVoltage: 13.8V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax Air Flow: 160 LPM\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax Amperage Draw: 45A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax Working Pressure: 120 PSI\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax Restart Pressure: 150 PSI\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax Operating Temp: 140°F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMin Operating Temp: -67°F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCylinder Diameter: 60MM\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch4\u003eFitment\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eUniversal. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003ePart Numbers\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eMPN TS-7-1000\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Tuff Stuff Overland","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53621785002295,"sku":"TS-7-1000","price":175.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0744\/2808\/8631\/files\/tuff-air-portable-air-compressor-air-compressor-tuff-stuff-overland-423781.jpg?v=1794603048"},{"product_id":"tuff-stuff-overland-alpine-61-hardshell-rooftop-tent-aluminum-2-3-person-black","title":"Tuff Stuff Overland Alpine 61 Hardshell Rooftop Tent, Aluminum, 2-3 Person, Black","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e \u003cmeta charset=\"UTF-8\"\u003eThe Tuff Stuff Alpine 61 Roof Top Tent features a dual-action opening roof. Open the rear section of the tent for a wedge or open the front section for a full pop-up and additional windows with screens. One person can deploy the Alpine in one minute for quick \u0026amp; easy setup and pack down. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Alpine is constructed with durable antibacterial waterproof, high tear resistance, and stronger tensile than normal rooftop tent fabric. The Alpine is our aluminum rooftop tent that can withstand the elements for 4 season camping. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTread Magazine Review\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 Gas struts allow for dual action opening roof (wedge or pop-up option)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoof rack on top of tent (great for kayaks, bikes, and gear)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlackout\u003c\/strong\u003e coated fabric (full-screen room with 360-degree visibility to full dark room)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eT-Slot using standard M8 hardware surrounding exterior of tent, 4 T-Slot rails in total (mount awnings, shower tents, water supplies, etc. directly to tent)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnder 8\" slim profile when packed up and latched (excludes additional roof rack height)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 Entryway options based on build (passenger side, driver side, rear)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWindow awnings (removable)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting hardware \u0026amp; brackets for installation (fits up to 3.25\" vehicle cross bars)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2.75\" thick \u003cstrong\u003eMemory Foam\u003c\/strong\u003e mattress\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTelescoping ladder with angled steps \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInterior LED Light Strip (requires power from a USB power pack, not included)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnnex room not included, but available soon\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAvailable Sizes: 51” and 61”\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSpecifications\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSleeping Capacity: 2-3 People\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOpen dimensions L\/W\/H: 94x61x60 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClosed dimensions L\/W\/H: 88x61x8 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoof Pitch: 50 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMattress L\/W\/H: 1 qty, Memory Foam, 58x85x2 inches\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 274 Lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight Capacity: 1200 Lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e728 Lbs crossbar load capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShell: Aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTent Material:\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePoly\/Cotton Rip-Stop 3200 GSM (high tear resistance and tensile strength)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWaterproof level \u0026gt;3500MM\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAntibacterial and mold-inhibiting fabric (EPA certified)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlackout coating on all tent materials (like being in a comfy cave w\/out a light)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGas Struts: 4 qty, German engineered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFloor: Heavy-duty 1 inch aluminum honeycomb\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTent Mounting T-Channel Rails (bottom): 31.5\" apart\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSliders: 8 qty, 1.13x1.75x.25 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlat Brackets: 4 qty, 2.75-3.25 inches (adjustable)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation brackets fit crossbars up to 3.25 inches wide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eM8 Nuts \u0026amp; Bolts: 8 qty, 2.25x13 millimeters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRail Caps: 4 qty, 2x1x1.5 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoof Rack Bars: 2 qty, 50x2.5x1 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrackets: 4 qty, 5x4.5x4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eM8 Nuts \u0026amp; Bolts: 25 qty, .38x13 millimeters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBar Caps: 4 qty, 1x1.3x2.5 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWindows: 2 window openings w\/ mesh screens \u0026amp; window rods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWindow Awnings: 2 qty, 69x44x33 inches, removable (zip-off), trapezoid side window rain awnings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWindow Awning Bag: 1 qty, 14x10x3 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWindow Rods: 6 qty, 35x.25 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWindow Rod Bag: 1 qty, 36x4x1 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecurity Latches: 4 qty (2 front and 2 rear)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLadder: Telescoping 103x18 inches tall w\/angled steps (included)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZippers: YKK with custom para-cord pulls (reduces annoying road noise when driving)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLED Light Strip: White diffused, dimmable light (Velcro on back of light to mount on either side of tent)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShoe Bag: 2 qty, 13x17x3 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnnex Room: Not included but coming soon.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003eColor: Black shell w\/gray tent fabric\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eInstructions\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Tent\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting your tent requires a minimum of 2 people for lifting. This Alpine may take three. She's not dainty.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosition the tent on top of the vehicle's roof rack, bed rack, or trailer, and center it to your liking. If you have a hatchback make sure you have clearance to open the back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsing the supplied hardware and mounting plates, slide the hardware into the channel so there are 2 bolts per corner (one in front and one behind the vehicle's crossbars)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRun the bolts through the holes of the mounting brackets, and thread nuts onto each bolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirm you are happy with the position of the tent, vehicle balance, and appearance then tighten all nuts to the brackets until the tent cannot move\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Wedge\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLocate the 2 latches at the rear of the tent\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePull each red latch upward releasing its tension, then unhook the latch from the hook\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush up on the handles and the tent will rise into a wedge shape on its own\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLocate the elastic cinch strap and pull it upward into the T-slot for storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAttach your ladder at the desired entry point\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor detailed ladder instructions, see Alpine Ladder Instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnzip the screen and fabric covers, rolling them up and securing them with the storage clips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeploy the included window awnings (see Window Awning Instructions) and Shoe Bags (see Shoe Bag Instructions)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClimb into your tent in its wedge form and it’s ready to use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Pop-Up\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOnce your Alpine is in its wedge form, locate the 2 latches at the front of the tent and unlatch them from the frame of the tent\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush up on the handles to transform the Alpine from a wedge to a full pop-up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLocate the elastic cinch strap and pull it downward into the T-Slot for storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnzip all the window covers to create a full-screen room, rolling up each fabric cover and securing with the storage clips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZip up all the fabric window covers to create a full dark room\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt is seriously dark w\/all of the windows and doors zipped up... that sun is not going to ruin your plans to sleep in w\/nature a bit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eVideos\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eFAQs\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping \/ Delivery\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRooftop Tents ship via LTL Truck Freight and will ship separately from any other items in your cart.\u003cbr\u003ePlease allow 2-3 business days for your Tent to be palletized and picked up by the freight company.  You will receive a tracking confirmation as soon as your shipment is picked up from the warehouse.\u003cbr\u003eFreight\/Delivery times are 7-10 business days from our warehouse to the Destination Terminal.\u003cbr\u003eFinal Delivery is by Appointment, please provide the best phone number on your order to avoid any missed calls which will delay your delivery.  Please note that the available delivery days will vary based on the distance from the Destination Terminal and the Final Delivery address (your shipping address), if you are in a rural or remote area, the carrier may only service your area once a week. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo NOT miss your delivery once scheduled or you will be charged for rescheduling. We get charged and will pass the charge on to you.  \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor residential deliveries: The courier will only deliver to the sidewalk, driveway, or garage. A valid telephone number must be provided at the time of purchase. This needs to be a number that you can be reached at in order for the delivery driver to schedule a delivery time. Failure to provide a valid telephone number will result in your tent not being shipped until we can make contact with you. \u003cbr\u003eIf you cannot arrange to be available or fail to respond to the carrier, your tent will be returned to our warehouse and the return freight charges will be applied to your credit card.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReceiving and Inspection. You have a 15-minute window to inspect your shipment before signing and accepting the delivery.  Please take pictures of the shipment before your sign and accept delivery.\u003cbr\u003eIf your tent is Not received Strapped on a Pallet, REFUSE the shipment, and call us immediately at 866-220-0171, we will process a replacement shipment at once.\u003cbr\u003eIf there are any holes in the box, look in the hole to inspect if there is any damage to the tent.  If there is any Visible Damage to the Tent, REFUSE the shipment and call us immediately at 866-220-0171, we will process a replacement shipment at once.\u003cbr\u003eNote any Damage (crushed corners, scuff marks, tears) to the box on the BOL Before Signing for your delivery.\u003cbr\u003eLastly, please open and inspect the tent As Soon As Possible.  If any damage is found once you open the packaging, stop, and take pictures. Make sure to take pictures of the packaging, the tent, anything that will provide context for the damage. Concealed damage and missing parts must be reported within 72 hours of delivery. After 72 hours we are not able to file a claim with the carrier and our options to repair or replace your tent will be limited.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch4\u003eFitment\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eUniversal. Mounts to roof racks and bed racks with compatible cross bars; check the rack's dynamic load rating against the tent weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003ePart Numbers\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eMPN TS-1-1900BLK\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Tuff Stuff Overland","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53621785133367,"sku":"TS-1-1900BLK","price":4620.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0744\/2808\/8631\/files\/tuff-stuff-alpine-sixtyone-aluminum-shell-roof-top-tent-roof-top-tent-tuff-stuff-overland-483186.jpg?v=1794603063"},{"product_id":"tuff-stuff-overland-alpine-51-hardshell-rooftop-tent-aluminum-2-person-black","title":"Tuff Stuff Overland Alpine 51 Hardshell Rooftop Tent, Aluminum, 2 Person, Black","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tuff Stuff Alpine 51 Roof Top Tent features a dual-action opening roof. Open the rear section of the tent for a wedge or open the front section for a full pop-up and additional windows with screens. One person can deploy the Alpine in one minute for quick \u0026amp; easy setup and pack down. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Alpine is constructed with durable antibacterial waterproof, high tear resistance, and stronger tensile than normal rooftop tent fabric. The Alpine is our aluminum rooftop tent that can withstand the elements for 4 season camping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTread Magazine Review\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 Gas struts allow for dual action opening roof (wedge or pop-up option)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoof rack on top of tent (great for kayaks, bikes, and gear)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlackout\u003c\/strong\u003e coated fabric (full-screen room with 360-degree visibility to full dark room)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eT-Slot using standard M8 hardware surrounding exterior of tent, 4 T-Slot rails in total (mount awnings, shower tents, water supplies, etc. directly to tent)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnder 8\" slim profile when packed up and latched (excludes additional roof rack height)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 Entryway options based on build (passenger side, driver side, rear)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWindow awnings (removable)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting hardware \u0026amp; brackets for installation (fits up to 3.25\" vehicle cross bars)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2.75\" thick \u003cstrong\u003eMemory Foam\u003c\/strong\u003e mattress\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTelescoping ladder with angled steps \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInterior LED Light Strip (requires power from a USB power pack, not included)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnnex room not included, but available soon\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAvailable Sizes: 51\" and 61\"\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSpecifications\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSleeping Capacity: 2 People\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOpen dimensions L\/W\/H: 94x51x45 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClosed dimensions L\/W\/H: 88x51x8 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoof Pitch: 45 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMattress L\/W\/H: 1 qty, Memory Foam, 48x85x2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 248 Lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight Capacity: 1200 Lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e728 Lbs crossbar load capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShell: Aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTent Material:\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePoly\/Cotton Rip-Stop 3200 GSM (high tear resistance and tensile strength)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWaterproof level \u0026gt;3500MM\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAntibacterial and mold-inhibiting fabric (EPA certified)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlackout coating on all tent materials (like being in a comfy cave w\/out a light)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGas Struts: 4 qty, German engineered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFloor: Heavy-duty 1 inch aluminum honeycomb\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTent Mounting T-Channel Rails (bottom): 31.5\" apart\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSliders: 8 qty, 1.13x1.75x.25 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlat Brackets: 4 qty, 2.75-3.25 inches (adjustable)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation brackets fit crossbars up to 3.25 inches wide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eM8 Nuts \u0026amp; Bolts: 8 qty, 2.25x13 millimeters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRail Caps: 4 qty, 2x1x1.5 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoof Rack Bars: 2 qty, 50x2.5x1 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrackets: 4 qty, 5x4.5x4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eM8 Nuts \u0026amp; Bolts: 25 qty, .38x13 millimeters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBar Caps: 4 qty, 1x1.3x2.5 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWindows: 2 window openings w\/ mesh screens \u0026amp; window rods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWindow Awnings: 2 qty, 69x44x33 inches, removable (zip-off), trapezoid side window rain awnings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWindow Awning Bag: 1 qty, 14x10x3 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWindow Rods: 6 qty, 35x.25 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWindow Rod Bag: 1 qty, 36x4x1 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecurity Latches: 4 qty (2 front and 2 rear)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLadder: Telescoping 103x18 inches tall w\/angled steps (included)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZippers: YKK with custom para-cord pulls (reduces annoying road noise when driving)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLED Light Strip: White diffused, dimmable light (Velcro on back of light to mount on either side of tent)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShoe Bag: 2 qty, 13x17x3 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnnex Room: Not included but coming soon.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eColor: Black shell w\/gray tent fabric\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eInstructions\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Tent\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting your tent requires a minimum of 2 people for lifting. This Alpine may take three. She's not dainty.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosition the tent on top of the vehicle's roof rack, bed rack, or trailer, and center it to your liking. If you have a hatchback make sure you have clearance to open the back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsing the supplied hardware and mounting plates, slide the hardware into the channel so there are 2 bolts per corner (one in front and one behind the vehicle's crossbars)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRun the bolts through the holes of the mounting brackets, and thread nuts onto each bolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirm you are happy with the position of the tent, vehicle balance, and appearance then tighten all nuts to the brackets until the tent cannot move\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Wedge\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLocate the 2 latches at the rear of the tent\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePull each red latch upward releasing its tension, then unhook the latch from the hook\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush up on the handles and the tent will rise into a wedge shape on its own\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLocate the elastic cinch strap and pull it upward into the T-slot for storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAttach your ladder at the desired entry point\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor detailed ladder instructions, see Alpine Ladder Instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnzip the screen and fabric covers, rolling them up and securing them with the storage clips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeploy the included window awnings (see Window Awning Instructions) and Shoe Bags (see Shoe Bag Instructions)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClimb into your tent in its wedge form and it’s ready to use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Pop-Up\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOnce your Alpine is in its wedge form, locate the 2 latches at the front of the tent and unlatch them from the frame of the tent\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush up on the handles to transform the Alpine from a wedge to a full pop-up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLocate the elastic cinch strap and pull it downward into the T-Slot for storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnzip all the window covers to create a full-screen room, rolling up each fabric cover and securing with the storage clips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZip up all the fabric window covers to create a full dark room\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt is seriously dark w\/all of the windows and doors zipped up... that sun is not going to ruin your plans to sleep in w\/nature a bit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eVideos\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping \/ Delivery\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRooftop Tents ship via LTL Truck Freight and will ship separately from any other items in your cart.\u003cbr\u003ePlease allow 2-3 business days for your Tent to be palletized and picked up by the freight company.  You will receive a tracking confirmation as soon as your shipment is picked up from the warehouse.\u003cbr\u003eFreight\/Delivery times are 7-10 business days from our warehouse to the Destination Terminal.\u003cbr\u003eFinal Delivery is by Appointment, please provide the best phone number on your order to avoid any missed calls which will delay your delivery.  Please note that the available delivery days will vary based on the distance from the Destination Terminal and the Final Delivery address (your shipping address), if you are in a rural or remote area, the carrier may only service your area once a week. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo NOT miss your delivery once scheduled or you will be charged for rescheduling. We get charged and will pass the charge on to you.  \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor residential deliveries: The courier will only deliver to the sidewalk, driveway, or garage. A valid telephone number must be provided at the time of purchase. This needs to be a number that you can be reached at in order for the delivery driver to schedule a delivery time. Failure to provide a valid telephone number will result in your tent not being shipped until we can make contact with you. \u003cbr\u003eIf you cannot arrange to be available or fail to respond to the carrier, your tent will be returned to our warehouse and the return freight charges will be applied to your credit card.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReceiving and Inspection. You have a 15-minute window to inspect your shipment before signing and accepting the delivery.  Please take pictures of the shipment before your sign and accept delivery.\u003cbr\u003eIf your tent is Not received Strapped on a Pallet, REFUSE the shipment, and call us immediately at 866-220-0171, we will process a replacement shipment at once.\u003cbr\u003eIf there are any holes in the box, look in the hole to inspect if there is any damage to the tent.  If there is any Visible Damage to the Tent, REFUSE the shipment and call us immediately at 866-220-0171, we will process a replacement shipment at once.\u003cbr\u003eNote any Damage (crushed corners, scuff marks, tears) to the box on the BOL Before Signing for your delivery.\u003cbr\u003eLastly, please open and inspect the tent As Soon As Possible.  If any damage is found once you open the packaging, stop, and take pictures. Make sure to take pictures of the packaging, the tent, anything that will provide context for the damage. Concealed damage and missing parts must be reported within 72 hours of delivery. After 72 hours we are not able to file a claim with the carrier and our options to repair or replace your tent will be limited.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eFitment\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eUniversal. Mounts to roof racks and bed racks with compatible cross bars; check the rack's dynamic load rating against the tent weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003ePart Numbers\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eMPN TS-1-1800BLK\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Tuff Stuff Overland","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53621785166135,"sku":"TS-1-1800BLK","price":4125.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0744\/2808\/8631\/files\/tuff-stuff-alpine-fiftyone-aluminum-shell-roof-top-tent-roof-top-tent-tuff-stuff-overland-855673.jpg?v=1794603072"},{"product_id":"tuff-stuff-overland-led-light-strip-usb-dimmable-white","title":"Tuff Stuff Overland LED Light Strip, USB, Dimmable, White","description":"\u003cp\u003eOur dimmable white LED light strip plugs directly into any USB power bank or power supply with female USB receiver.  This led light strip is for camping in or out of your tent, hanging on your awning, or even in emergency situations where low power light is essential. Toggle between a warm white LED and bright white LED with the press of a button or use the dial to dim either color for camping lighting.  Grab yourself an LED light strip today and dial in your camp for setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n White LED strip measures 47” in length\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Carabiner clips at each end of the LED strip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n 16’ extension cord from LED strip to USB\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Low power draw from LED lights\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Built-in on\/off switch with dimmer dial\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Carabiner clips, 2 qty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Adjustable Velcro LED strip, 1 qty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Dimmer\/On\/Off switch, 1 qty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Storage bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch4\u003eFitment\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eUniversal. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003ePart Numbers\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eMPN TS-LED-TL-USB-AW\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Tuff Stuff Overland","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53621785297207,"sku":"TS-LED-TL-USB-AW","price":80.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0744\/2808\/8631\/files\/tuff-stuff-whiteamber-usb-led-light-strip-camping-lights-lanterns-tuff-stuff-overland-187299.jpg?v=1794603079"},{"product_id":"tuff-stuff-overland-180-degree-awning-xl-driver-or-passenger-side-c-channel-aluminum-olive","title":"Tuff Stuff Overland 180 Degree Awning, XL, Driver or Passenger Side, C-Channel Aluminum, Olive","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tuff Stuff Overland 180º Degree XL Awning provides 88 square feet of sweet shade. Deploy or pack up in as little as 30 seconds and mount on virtually any rack or crossbar setup. We've got you covered, at least 88 square feet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne of the best things about the 180 degree awning is that you can install it on the driver or passenger side of your vehicle. What you lose in square footage of shade and protection you gain in versatility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHave a hatchback and want an awning? No problem, our 180 Awning is . Open and close the rear of your vehicle without worrying about smashing it into the awning. Have gear already on one side of your truck, get the 180 Awning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFEATURES AND BENEFITS:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProvides 88 square feet of shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e280GSM poly cotton rip-stop awning fabric\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2500MM waterproofing and UV protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeather-resistant 1000G PVC Driving Cover with heavy-duty zippers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eC-Channel aluminum arms for maximum strength while keeping the awning light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 aluminum telescoping poles that store inside the awning arms, 8' max length\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVarious guy line attachment points for structural support and rain runoff\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 tie-downs to secure each end of the awning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuy lines, heavy-duty steel ground stakes, mounting brackets, hardware, and accessory storage bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cb\u003eSPECIFICATIONS\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAWNING\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBacking Plate Hardware Slide Distance (vertical distance between backing plate hardware sliding channels): 4.5 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBacking Plate Adjustability (maximum adjustability on backing plate hardware slides, this is the maximum distance between mounting brackets): 73 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElement Rating: If blustery, heavy rain, or snow conditions, close it up. Always best to use caution in windy, snowy, or heavy rain situations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAWNING BOX INCLUDES:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e180 XL Awning: 1 Qty\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 46 Lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClosed Dimensions L\/W\/H: 90.5 x 9.5 x 6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy-Duty Ground Stakes: 8 Qty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuy Lines: 8 Qty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTie Downs: 2 Qty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStorage Bag: 1 Qty\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMOUNTING HARDWARE BOX INCLUDES:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nHeavy-duty Mounting Brackets: 3 Qty\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 14.6 Lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUbolts: 6 Qty\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePegs: 11 Qty\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpring Washers (M8): 12 Qty\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBolts (M8-1.25 x 25MM): 6 Qty\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNylock Nuts (M8 x 25MM): 18 Qty\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlat Washers (M8 x 25MM): 18 Qty\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTensioning Straps: 2 Qty\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuy Lines: 11 Qty\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch4\u003eFitment\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eUniversal. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003ePart Numbers\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eMPN TS-AWN-180-XL-KIT\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Tuff Stuff Overland","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53621785329975,"sku":"TS-AWN-180-XL-KIT","price":825.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0744\/2808\/8631\/files\/tuff-stuff-180o-degree-xl-awning-awning-tuff-stuff-overland-648705.jpg?v=1794603086"},{"product_id":"tuff-stuff-overland-truck-bed-rack-for-rtt-adjustable-51-in-length-steel-black","title":"Tuff Stuff Overland Truck Bed Rack for RTT, Adjustable, 51 in Length, Steel, Black","description":"\u003cp\u003eJust like our 40\" bed rack, this 51\" RTT truck bed rack is a simple, and economical way to mount your roof tent. Our bed rack is designed to universally install directly on top of any truck bed rail using our provided pinch plates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe offer two Bed Rack sizes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e40\" RTT Bed Rack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e51\" RTT Bed Rack (this rack)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDue to this rack being universal (not made for any specific vehicle) we have included custom pinch plates that will pinch the inner lip of your bed rails. This allows the installation to be performed without drilling holes into the bed rails.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOur bed rack WILL NOT FIT if there has been a tonneau cover, or any other accessories installed that affect the inner walls of the bed rails.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOur rack uses a unique sliding center rail which allows the rack to be installed on various widths of beds from full-size Ford F350’s to mid-size Toyota’s.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor Toyota's using the factory-installed cargo rail system, our rack will perfectly align with your rail and would require the use of custom T-nuts that can accept 3\/8″ diameter bolts. These can be purchased as an add-on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eImportant:\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnnex Rooms - Since this rack was designed to be a lightweight, mid-height rack, you will need to be cautious if using an annex room with your tent. Reason, our annex room requires 76\"-79\" of height to let their luscious locks out properly. So unless you have a lifted truck you better take some measurements before pulling the trigger on this riteous rack.\u003cbr\u003eAwnings - You know what a Muffin Top is? That's how your tent will fit on your rack. Your rack will be light and tight within the footprint of your tent so there will not be any room for an awning without modifications.\u003cbr\u003eExisting Tonneau - Our bed rack WILL NOT FIT if you have a tonneau cover, or any other accessories installed that affect the inner walls of the bed rails.\u003cbr\u003eFord Raptor Bed - 1st generation Ford Raptor beds have no lip to attach the rack, so you will have to use nut inserts, self-drilling screws, or anchors to install the rack on the bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions L\/W\/H: 51 x 48 x 14.5 (max-width is 68 inches)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance from bar-to-bar: 48 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance from top of bed rail to top of rack: 14.5\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance from top of bed rail to bottom of rack: 13\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTube diameter: 1.5\" (the center adjustable tube is 1.25\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCrossbars: 3 Qty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity Static: 800 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity Dynamic (Driving down the road): 650 lbs \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePowder-coated steel for a long-lasting finish and protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\nOur rack uses a unique sliding center rail which allows the rack to be installed on various widths of beds from full-size Ford F350’s to mid-size Toyota’s.\u003cbr\u003eFor Toyota's using the factory-installed cargo rail system, our rack will perfectly align with your rail and would require the use of custom T-nuts that can accept 3\/8″ diameter bolts. These can be purchased as an add-on.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eImportant:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnnex Rooms - Since this rack was designed to be a lightweight, mid-height rack, you will need to be cautious if using an annex room with your tent. Reason, our annex room requires 76\"-79\" of height to let their luscious locks out properly. So unless you have a lifted truck you better take some measurements before pulling the trigger on this riteous rack.\u003cbr\u003eAwnings - You know what a Muffin Top is? That's how your tent will fit on your rack. Your rack will be light and tight within the footprint of your tent so there will not be any room for an awning without modifications.\u003cbr\u003eExisting Tonneau - Our bed rack WILL NOT FIT if you have a tonneau cover, or any other accessories installed that affect the inner walls of the bed rails.\u003cbr\u003eFord Raptor Bed - 1st generation Ford Raptor beds have no lip to attach the rack, so you will have to use nut inserts, self-drilling screws, or anchors to install the rack on the bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eInstructions\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove the two (2) sides from the packing and the two (3) crossbars.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the crossbars into the tubes on both sides of the side brackets, do not lock in place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHave someone help you place them on your bedsides.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProvided are the \"Lock-in Place\" brackets that will squeeze the sides to the bed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eToyota's use the factory-installed racks and we have T-Nuts that can be purchased separately to install on Toyota’s.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOnce you have adjusted the sides to the cross brackets lock the nuts down for the cross brackets and tighten the sides.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eVideos\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eQ \u0026amp; A\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this fit onto any truck?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, this is a universal mounting system. We say yes as in yes for any reasonably sized truck. If you have a freakishly small \"truck\" bed, you know the ones, then no, no it will not fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich Tuff Stuff Overland tents can be used with this rack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Elite, Alpha, and Stealth tents will properly fit with this tent. Any other brand tents that are 51\" or longer will also mount. Keep in mind, you need all 3 bars supporting the bottom of the tent.  \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat can I place on top of these crossbars?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey are designed for a Roof Top Tent but you can pretty much mount anything to the top of this rack. Things like lumber, piping, etc.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan we mount other accessories to the mount?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely, you can mount sand tracks, farm jacks, RotopaX cans, shovels to the side, and just about anything you need to take on the offroad adventure. That is except for awnings, not enough clearance or height where you'd want to install it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use my tonneau cover and my tent rack at the same time?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, life is full of hard choices, you have to pick one or the other. We're working on a rack design that will allow for use of both at the same time. If interested, please send us an email and we'll add you to our list.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use this rack with the new Jeep Gladiator?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes.  Check out our shorter rack the Tuff Stuff® Roof Top Tent Truck Bed Rack, Adjustable, Powder Coated 40\" instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eFitment\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eUniversal. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003ePart Numbers\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eMPN TS-UBR-PDR-51\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Tuff Stuff Overland","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53621785559351,"sku":"TS-UBR-PDR-51","price":759.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0744\/2808\/8631\/files\/tuff-stuff-roof-top-tent-truck-bed-rack-adjustable-powder-coated-60-773459.jpg?v=1794603092"},{"product_id":"tuff-stuff-overland-truck-bed-rack-for-rtt-adjustable-40-in-length-steel-black","title":"Tuff Stuff Overland Truck Bed Rack for RTT, Adjustable, 40 in Length, Steel, Black","description":"\u003cp\u003eLooking for a budget friendly, simple roof tent rack? The Tuff Stuff® 40\" bed rack is ideal for use with most roof top tents and truck beds. Our bed rack is designed to universally install directly on top of any truck bed rail using our provided pinch plates. \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis rack is lean and mean and made to do a simple job, provide a lightweight platform for your RTT. If you have an annex room or awning you may need to consider a different tent mounting option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe offer two Bed Rack sizes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e40\" RTT Bed Rack (this item)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e51\" RTT Bed Rack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDue to this rack being universal (not made for any specific vehicle), we have included custom pinch plates that will pinch the inner lip of your bed rails. This allows the installation to be performed without drilling holes into the bed rails.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOur bed rack WILL NOT FIT if you have a tonneau cover, or any other accessories installed that affect the inner walls of the bed rails.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOur rack uses a unique sliding center rail which allows the rack to be installed on various widths of beds from full-size Ford F350’s to mid-size Toyota’s.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor Toyota’s using the factory-installed cargo rail system, our rack will perfectly align with your rail and would require the use of custom T-nuts that can accept 3\/8″ diameter bolts. These can be purchased as an add-on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eImportant:\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnnex Rooms - Since this rack was designed to be a lightweight, mid-height rack, you will need to be cautious if using an annex room with your tent. Reason, our annex room requires 76\"-79\" of height to let their luscious locks out properly. So unless you have a lifted truck you better take some measurements before pulling the trigger on this riteous rack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAwnings - You know what a Muffin Top is? That's how your tent will fit on your rack. Your rack will be light and tight within the footprint of your tent so there will not be any room for an awning without modifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExisting Tonneau - Our bed rack WILL NOT FIT if you have a tonneau cover, or any other accessories installed that affect the inner walls of the bed rails.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFord Raptor Bed - 1st generation Ford Raptor beds have no lip to attach the rack, so you will have to use nut inserts, self-drilling screws, or anchors to install the rack on the bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions L\/W\/H: 40 x 48 x 14.5 (max-width is 68 inches)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance from bar-to-bar: 48 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance from top of bed rail to top of rack: 14.5\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance from top of bed rail to bottom of rack: 13\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMin Width: 40\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax Width: 68\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTube diameter: 1.5\" (the center adjustable tube is 1.25\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCrossbars: 2 Qty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity Static: 800 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity Dynamic (Driving down the road): 650 lbs \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePowder-coated steel for a long-lasting finish and protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\nOur rack uses a unique sliding center rail which allows the rack to be installed on various widths of beds from full-size Ford F350’s to mid-size Toyota’s.\u003cbr\u003eFor Toyota using the factory-installed cargo rail system, our rack will perfectly align with your rail and would require the use of custom T-nuts that can accept 3\/8″ diameter bolts. These can be purchased as an add-on.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eImportant:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1st generation Ford Raptor beds have no lip to attach the rack, so you will have to use nut inserts, self-drilling screws, or anchors to install the rack on the bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eInstructions\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove the two (2) sides from the packing and the two (2) crossbars.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the crossbars into the Tubes on both sides of the side brackets, do not lock in place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHave someone help you place them on your bedsides.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProvided are the \"Lock-in Place\" brackets that will squeeze the sides to the bed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eToyota’s use the factory-installed racks and we have T-Nuts that can be purchased separately to install.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOnce you have adjusted the sides to the cross brackets lock the nuts down for the cross brackets and tighten the sides.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eVideos\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eQ \u0026amp; A\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this fit onto any truck?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, this is a universal mounting system. We say yes as in yes for any reasonably sized truck. If you have a freakishly small \"truck\" bed, you know the ones, then no, no it will not fit.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich Tuff Stuff Overland tents can be used with this rack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Trailhead, Delta, and Alpha II tents will properly fit with this tent. If you have a larger tent we have the 51\" RTT Bed Rack that should fit your needs. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat can I place on top of these crossbars?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey are designed for a Roof Top Tent but you can pretty much mount anything to the top of this rack. Things like lumber, piping, etc.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan we mount other accessories to the mount?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely, you can mount sand tracks, farm jacks, RotopaX cans, shovels to the side, and just about anything you need to take on the offroad adventure. That is except for awnings, not enough clearance or height where you'd want to install it.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use my tonneau cover and my tent rack at the same time?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, unfortunately, you have to pick one or the other. We're working on a rack design that will allow for use of both at the same time. If interested, please send us an email and we'll add you to our list.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch6\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use this rack with a Jeep Gladiator?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h6\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes.  No modifications are needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eFitment\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eUniversal. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003ePart Numbers\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eMPN TS-UBR-PDR-40\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Tuff Stuff Overland","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53621785592119,"sku":"TS-UBR-PDR-40","price":633.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0744\/2808\/8631\/files\/tuff-stuff-roof-top-tent-truck-bed-rack-adjustable-powder-coated-644253.jpg?v=1794603099"},{"product_id":"tuff-stuff-overland-alpha-stealth-annex-room-98x87-inches-olive","title":"Tuff Stuff Overland Alpha \/ Stealth Annex Room, 98x87 Inches, Olive","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003eThe Alpha \/ Stealth Annex Room provides a huge space to keep your extra belongings. With a heavy-duty floor and solid panels, your annex room will keep everything sheltered and out of the elements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e*This is the annex room only, tents are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits the following Rtts\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlpha Hardshell Rooftop Tent, ABS, 2-3 Person, Black, Sold by Tuff Stuff Overland\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlpha Hardshell Rooftop Tent, ABS, 2-3 Person, Gray, Sold by Tuff Stuff Overland\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStealth Hardshell Rooftop Tent, ABS, 3 Person, Black, Sold by Tuff Stuff Overland\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eFEATURES \u0026amp; BENEFITS:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Measures a generous 98 x 87-inches for plenty of room\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e Heavy-duty YKK zippers\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e Rugged 600D poly-oxford walls and 1000D PVC floor maximize protection from inclement weather\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e Two large windows with mesh panels for lots of ventilation and natural light\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e Creates a very versatile space for sleeping, cooking, hanging out, or sheltering from a storm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e Includes guide ropes for stability in windy conditions\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e Removable rear panel for easy vehicle access\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal Mounting Height: 76 to 78 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions L\/\/W\/H: 87x98x86 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFloor: 1000D PVC\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWalls: 600D Polyester\/Oxford material\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAluminized coated for better heat retention and privacy while inside\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBreathable UV \u0026amp; Mold Resistant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSheds water instantly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy-duty YKK zipper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 “NO-SEE-UM MESH” screened windows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Military Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eInstructions\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpread out the floor until it is flat and locate the upper zipper.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLine up the zipper corner directly under the front left tent edge (w\/the ladder retracted). The zipper corner should be on the left when facing the tent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTake the annex room and find the \"corded\" (orange cords hang down to roll the back door up into) top back wall section of the tent. This top section is the area that will slip into the tent's base channel nearest your vehicle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo get the back wall lined up correctly, take the annex room top w\/the green color facing out, and slide the top of the room into the tent channel on the left side of the tent. Pull it towards the back, nearest your vehicle, and keep sliding it until you have all three sides of the tent run through the tent base channel. Again, the back wall is the wall w\/the cords hanging down to hold the access door to your vehicle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOnce you have the annex room through the channels, zipper the annex room to the rainfly. It's a bit easier if you take out the tension rods first.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNow, starting on the back, left side, zip the annex room floor to the walls.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMake sure your floor is evenly spread out. Use stakes to secure the floor at each corner.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTake the orange Tension Rods and place them vertically inside the front corners of the annex room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf on soft ground use the rubber feet to protect the floor from damage by the Tension Rods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjust the end of the Tension rod to the same height as the floor (76”, 79” recommended).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTake the tie-down ropes and secure the tension rod loops from the outside and stake securely to the ground.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e* This annex room is NOT recommended for high winds or heavy rains.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e**Be sure to spread out the walls as tight as possible to ensure no moisture collects in low spots, causing pooling. Over-saturation will cause water to eventually penetrate the fabric after heavy rainfall over several hours. \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\nVideo \n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eQ \u0026amp; A\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use this annex room in all weather conditions?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, this annex room is NOT recommended for high winds or heavy rains.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the annex room made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eManufactured from high-quality polyester\/cotton windproof fabric.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I have the access door from any side of the vehicle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTechnically, no, the Alpha tent can fold open only from the passenger side of the vehicle, therefore the annex room will only have access to the passenger side of the vehicle.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need an annex room?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, you're going to want to spread out. Having extra storage and space when you need it most is what an annex room is all about. Put those kids and pets down below while you enjoy the scenery from above. And why not? You've worked hard to get here. Also, the annex room makes a great changing room instead of having to climb upstairs to switch out of the bathing suit and into camp wear gear... e.g. Ugg Boots and a sweatshirt.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eFitment\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eUniversal. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003ePart Numbers\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eMPN TS-ANX-CS-STLTH\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Tuff Stuff Overland","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53621785657655,"sku":"TS-ANX-CS-STLTH","price":836.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0744\/2808\/8631\/files\/tuff-stuff-alpha-clam-shell-rtt-annex-room-annex-room-tuff-stuff-overland-374458.jpg?v=1794603106"},{"product_id":"tuff-stuff-overland-ranger-65-rooftop-tent-3-person-tan","title":"Tuff Stuff Overland Ranger 65 Rooftop Tent, 3 Person, Tan","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tuff Stuff® Ranger 65-inch roof top tent is exactly what you asked for... more room. We've added an additional 10\" to the original Ranger footprint.  More room for you and your family.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll bedding can be stored inside to free up valuable storage in the vehicle and includes a thick foam sleeping mat pre-installed inside. The sleeping area is large enough for 3 full-sized adults.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting hardware \u0026amp; brackets for installation (fits up to 3.25\" cross bars)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSliding ladder, 1 qty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRainfly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePVC Cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2.75-inch mattress\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShoe bag that slides into the tents railing for outdoor storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnder tent storage hammock that can be mounted inside or outside of the tent\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation hardware and necessary tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOptional\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnnex Room w\/ floor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBefore purchasing please read the DELIVERY tab.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSleeping Capacity: 2-3 People\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOpen dimensions L\/W\/H: 65x96x52 inches\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOpen dimensions w\/Overhang L\/W\/H: 65x132x52 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClosed dimensions L\/W\/H: 65x48x15 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMattress L\/W\/H: 64x95x2.75 inches\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 164 Lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight Capacity: 800 Lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLadder Capacity: 300 Lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTent Material: 280 G Poly\/Cotton Rip-Stop\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRainfly Material: 420D Polyester\/Oxford PU coated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFloor: Aluminum \u0026amp; fiberglass, 1\" thickness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZippers: YKK with custom para-cord pulls (reduces annoying dinging in wind)\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWindows: 3 window openings w\/ mesh screens \u0026amp; window rods\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTubular Frame: Aluminum, 1\" diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation brackets fit crossbars up to 3.25\" wide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting rails: 26.5\" apart\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDriving Cover: Black, 1000D PVC waterproof\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLadder: Sliding (included)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting hardware: Stainless steel (Included)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eInstructions\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstall time is approx 1-2 hours with 2 people. Detailed instructions are included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe annex room zips on after the tent has been installed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll necessary spikes are included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll necessary hardware included (even the tools) to mount to most all roof racks (using the custom extruded aluminum channel system).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe ideal mounting height for the tent would be 76″-78″ above the ground to allow for the ladder to extend and annex to hang to the ground.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTent mounts slide In the lower mounting rail to accommodate any crossbars (left to right on the vehicle) with a spread of up to 52\". We recommend your crossbars (left to right) are no more than 45\" apart for optimal support. The included lower brackets will accept up to a 3.25\" wide crossbar. Max width of your crossbar should be 3.25\" or less so there are no modifications needed to use the provided brackets. If your crossbars are wider than 3.25\" you will need to purchase brackets from another source or have them manufactured for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation Notes: \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYour vehicle must have crossbars (left to right) that can accept 150+ lbs, and your crossbars should be at least 32.5\" apart for proper support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePickup trucks: We strongly recommend the use of a truck bed rack. We do not recommend the Ranger tents be placed directly on the roof of a truck.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf fabricating your own mounting rails, wait until you receive your tent. It's the rare occasion that someone guesses the measurements right.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for Ranger Manual\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVideos\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstalling your tent\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOpening \u0026amp; closing your tent\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSet up \u0026amp; breakdown\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRanger tent walk around\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eFAQs\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this tent fit my vehicle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRoof top tents are not vehicle-specific. It is up to you to you to do your research. Make sure your vehicle has a stable roof rack that can support the weight of the tent on top, in addition to the people inside. Always refer to your vehicle manual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeavy-duty crossbars (left to right) are necessary to support the weight of the tent, and we recommend checking your factory rail system (front to back) to confirm it will hold the weight of your tent and the people inside. Max width of your crossbar should be 3.25\" or less so there are no modifications needed to use the provided brackets. If your crossbars are wider than 3.25\" you will need to purchase brackets from another source or have them manufactured for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I run my vehicle and tent through a car wash?\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eNot unless you're filming something for Instagram and don't care if your tent gets ripped from the vehicle like a category 5 hurricane.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the tent made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManufactured from high-quality polyester\/cotton windproof fabric.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eI woke up and everything was wet inside, I thought this tent was waterproof?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is, but watch out here comes the science. When you’re camping in colder weather a temperature gradient exists (cooler outside than inside) and so moisture will build up on the tent walls, ceiling, poles, and floor. An Anti-Condensation mat reduces the temperature gradient at the floor and allows moisture to escape. They also help with air flow inside the tent and provides a small amount of extra padding. These \"Dry\" mats also keep the mildew stink at bay. And be sure to keep those vents open. Trust us on that one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I wash the cover for the mattress?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, you can remove the cover and wash it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot unlike, \"The Princess and the Pea\" I too require an extremely soft mattress. Why don't you sell memory foam mattresses with your tents?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHave you ever fallen into a memory foam bed when it's cold? If so, then you know why we do not offer memory foam mattresses. Cold weather and memory foam are not friends. Not only does memory foam \"freeze\" up in the cold but it holds moisture and its little friend mold. RTT's have enough issues with condensation (see above). You do not want to add a hard, wet, moldy sponge to the mix.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I utilize the RTT access door from any side of the vehicle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the roof top tent can fold open from the right or left side of the vehicle or trailer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you include all of the hardware for installation?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the tent comes ready with all hardware and wrenches but you will need to have the roof top racks ready for installation. Always check the weight capacity of your racks and your vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many people can this roof top tent sleep?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComfortably 2-3 adults but if you have small children they can be placed in between you or in the optional annex room that we offer. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this tent easy to open and close?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompared to an Alpha, Alpha II or Stealth, no. Compared to other soft shell tents on the market, yes. Once you practice a few times in your driveway, the tent will take approximately 10-15 minutes of assembly. The bulk of that time is setting up the window rods so that the windows have an overhang.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this tent hold up in wind and rain?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely. The tent is waterproof as well as comes with a \"Rain Fly\" for those long rainy days. When secured correctly the tent will hold up to high winds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need to clean the tent every time I stop and camp?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, the driving cover protects the tent. Even though it seems like \"things\" will get into the tent during travel time it won't.  Having said that, we do suggest that once you get ready to hit the trail you open the tent up to \"air it out\", brush off the mattress protector, and then you are ready to enjoy the outdoor adventures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need to clean the inside of the tent after camping?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnless you are blessed with OCD yes. Yes of course you do. Clean it and air it out. You're not a teenager anymore.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need to air out the tent after camping?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, that's why we said it twice. The tent doesn't come with mold but it will move in if you don't air it out after each trip. Your body creates moisture through heat and breathing. Or if you tinkle the bed after too many beers around the campfire. Air out your tent and you'll have it to enjoy for years.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping \/ Delivery\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRooftop Tents ship via LTL Truck Freight and will ship separately from any other items in your cart.\u003cbr\u003ePlease allow 2-3 business days for your Tent to be palletized and picked up by the freight company.  You will receive a tracking confirmation as soon as your shipment is picked up from the warehouse.\u003cbr\u003eFreight\/Delivery times are 7-10 business days from our warehouse to the Destination Terminal.\u003cbr\u003eFinal Delivery is by Appointment, please provide the best phone number on your order to avoid any missed calls which will delay your delivery.  Please note that the available delivery days will vary based on the distance from the Destination Terminal and the Final Delivery address (your shipping address), if you are in a rural or remote area, the carrier may only service your area once a week. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo NOT miss your delivery once scheduled or you will be charged for rescheduling. We get charged and will pass the charge on to you.  \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor residential deliveries: The courier will only deliver to the sidewalk, driveway, or garage. A valid telephone number must be provided at the time of purchase. This needs to be a number that you can be reached at in order for the delivery driver to schedule a delivery time. Failure to provide a valid telephone number will result in your tent not being shipped until we can make contact with you. \u003cbr\u003eIf you cannot arrange to be available or fail to respond to the carrier, your tent will be returned to our warehouse and the return freight charges will be applied to your credit card.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReceiving and Inspection. You have a 15-minute window to inspect your shipment before signing and accepting the delivery.  Please take pictures of the shipment before your sign and accept delivery.\u003cbr\u003eIf your tent is Not received Strapped on a Pallet, REFUSE the shipment, and call us immediately at 866-220-0171, we will process a replacement shipment at once.\u003cbr\u003eIf there are any holes in the box, look in the hole to inspect if there is any damage to the tent.  If there is any Visible Damage to the Tent, REFUSE the shipment and call us immediately at 866-220-0171, we will process a replacement shipment at once.\u003cbr\u003eNote any Damage (crushed corners, scuff marks, tears) to the box on the BOL Before Signing for your delivery.\u003cbr\u003eLastly, please open and inspect the tent As Soon As Possible.  If any damage is found once you open the packaging, stop, and take pictures. Make sure to take pictures of the packaging, the tent, anything that will provide context for the damage. Concealed damage and missing parts must be reported within 72 hours of delivery. After 72 hours we are not able to file a claim with the carrier and our options to repair or replace your tent will be limited.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoxed Ranger - 69 x 50 x 11 x 172 lbs\u003cbr\u003ePallet - 60 x 50 x 4 x 68 lbs\u003cbr\u003eTotal Shipped - 60 x 50 x 15 x 240 lbs\u003c\/p\u003e\nEdit PDF in PDFescapeEdit PDF in New TabOpen Normally\u003ch4\u003eFitment\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eUniversal. Mounts to roof racks and bed racks with compatible cross bars; check the rack's dynamic load rating against the tent weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003ePart Numbers\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eMPN TS-RTT-RAN-65\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Tuff Stuff Overland","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53621785690423,"sku":"TS-RTT-RAN-65","price":1705.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0744\/2808\/8631\/files\/tuff-stuff-ranger-roof-top-tent-3-person-65-roof-top-tent-tuff-stuff-overland-517176.jpg?v=1794603113"},{"product_id":"tuff-stuff-overland-270-degree-awning-shade-walls-fits-compact-only-door-wall-olive-pack-1","title":"Tuff Stuff Overland 270 Degree Awning Shade Walls, fits Compact Only, Door \u0026 Wall, Olive, Pack 1","description":"Includes one door panel and one window panel. Provides you protection from the wind, rain, sun, and extreme weather conditions. Durable 280gsm polycotton. Includes one panel with a built-in zippered screen with a weather door and one panel with a built-in zippered screen with a weather window. Walls are interchangeable, allowing you multiple configurations. Each panel and door can be extended for additional shade. Zips easily into the awning to create an extended shelter Guy line, steel tent stakes, and storage bags included\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat’s included:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e270 Degree Compact Awning Shade Walls (2 walls per pack)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne door panel and one window panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 Steel Tent Stakes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 Guy Lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccessory Storage Bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShade Wall Storage Bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNote: for full coverage order our TUFF STUFF 270º COMPACT SHADE WALLS PACK 2 - (2 WALLS)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWill NOT fit the Tuff Stuff Overland 270º Degree XL Awning or the Tuff Stuff Overland 180º Degree XL Awning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eFitment\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eUniversal. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003ePart Numbers\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eMPN TS-AWN-SW-270-1\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Tuff Stuff Overland","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53621786444087,"sku":"TS-AWN-SW-270-1","price":314.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0744\/2808\/8631\/files\/tuff-stuff-270o-compact-shade-walls-pack-1-1-door-1-wall-awning-shade-wall-tuff-stuff-overland-707520.jpg?v=1794603121"},{"product_id":"tuff-stuff-overland-270-degree-awning-shade-walls-fits-compact-only-2-walls-olive-pack-2","title":"Tuff Stuff Overland 270 Degree Awning Shade Walls, fits Compact Only, 2 Walls, Olive, Pack 2","description":"\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProvides you protection from the wind, rain, sun, and extreme weather conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable 280gsm polycotton\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes 2 panels with built-in zippered screens with weather windows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWalls are interchangeable allowing you multiple configurations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEach panel and door can be extended for additional shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZips easily into the awning to create an extended shelter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuy lines, steel tent stakes, and storage bags included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat’s included:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e270 Degree Compact Awning Shade Walls (2 walls per pack)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo window panels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 Steel Tent Stakes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 Guy Lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccessory Storage Bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShade Wall Storage Bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNote: for full coverage order our TUFF STUFF 270º COMPACT SHADE WALLS PACK 1 - (1 DOOR, 1 WALL)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWill NOT fit the Tuff Stuff Overland 270º Degree XL Awning or the Tuff Stuff Overland 180º Degree XL Awning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eFitment\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eUniversal. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003ePart Numbers\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eMPN TS-AWN-SW-270-2\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Tuff Stuff Overland","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53621786542391,"sku":"TS-AWN-SW-270-2","price":278.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0744\/2808\/8631\/files\/tuff-stuff-270o-compact-shade-walls-pack-2-2-walls-awning-shade-wall-tuff-stuff-overland-195442.jpg?v=1794603127"},{"product_id":"tuff-stuff-overland-steel-water-bottle-holster-carrier-nylon-webbing","title":"Tuff Stuff Overland Steel Water Bottle Holster\/Carrier, Nylon Webbing","description":"\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\nThe MOLLE attachments allow you to place your bottle on any tactical pack or panel with a MOLLE system, fully adjustable for nearly all water bottle sizes on the market, D-rings to hang your keys from, dual-locking shock cord to securely cinch the Holster to the Vessel. Grab yourself a Vessel and Holster today and begin your adventure knowing your bottle isn't going anywhere.\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFEATURES AND BENEFITS:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e MOLLE system allows attachment to any tactical pack or panel\u003cbr\u003e Three adjustable straps accommodate 16oz ~ 84oz bottles\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e Made from waterproof, wear-resistant 1000D Nylon\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e Two study D-rings for carabiner attachment\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e Shock cord with dual-cord locking capability\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eFitment\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eUniversal. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003ePart Numbers\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eMPN TS-8-1101\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Tuff Stuff Overland","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53621786640695,"sku":"TS-8-1101","price":17.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0744\/2808\/8631\/files\/tuff-stuff-holster-can-bottle-sleeves-tuff-stuff-overland-989995.jpg?v=1794603134"},{"product_id":"tuff-stuff-overland-270-degree-awning-compact-driver-side-c-channel-aluminum-olive","title":"Tuff Stuff Overland 270 Degree Awning, Compact, Driver Side, C-Channel Aluminum, Olive","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tuff Stuff Overland 270 Compact Awning provides 80 square feet of shade. Deploy or pack up in as quick as 30 seconds and mount on virtually any rack or crossbar setup. Wherever your adventures take you, the Tuff Stuff Overland 270 Compact Awning has got you covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis awning is installed on the driver's side of your vehicle. It cannot be reversed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNeed more shade? Consider our 270 Awning XL. It's like a veranda for your truck or car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eImportant: \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDepending on your setup, you may need a side-specific awning. For example, our Alpha \u0026amp; Stealth tents install and open to the Passenger side. In that case, you would need a Driver side awning.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFEATURES AND BENEFITS:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Durable 280GSM poly cotton rip-stop awning fabric \u003cbr\u003e Weather-resistant 1000G PVC Driving Cover with heavy-duty zippers\u003cbr\u003e 80 square feet of overhead coverage\u003cbr\u003e C-Channel aluminum arms for maximum strength while keeping the awning light\u003cbr\u003e 4 aluminum telescoping poles that store inside the awning arms, 8' max length\u003cbr\u003e Various guy line attachment points for maximum structural support\u003cbr\u003e 2 branded tie-downs to secure each end of the awning\u003cbr\u003e Guy lines, steel tent stakes, and accessory storage bag included\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e Note: for full coverage order our TUFF STUFF 270º COMPACT SHADE WALLS PACK 1 - (1 DOOR, 1 WALL) \u0026amp; TUFF STUFF 270º COMPACT SHADE WALLS PACK 2 - (2 WALLS)\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSPECIFICATIONS\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAWNING\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBacking Plate Hardware Slide Distance (vertical distance between backing plate hardware sliding channels): 4.5 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBacking Plate Adjustability (maximum adjustability on backing plate hardware slides, this is the maximum distance between mounting brackets): 73 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElement Rating: If blustery, heavy rain, or snow conditions, close it up. Always best to use caution in windy, snowy, or heavy rain situations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAWNING BOX INCLUDES:\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e270 Degree Compact Awning: 1 Qty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 53 Lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClosed Dimensions L\/W\/H: 83 x 7 x 5 inches\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy-Duty Ground Stakes: 8 Qty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuy Lines: 8 Qty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTie Downs: 2 Qty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStorage Bag: 1 Qty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMOUNTING HARDWARE BOX INCLUDES:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nHeavy-duty Mounting Brackets: 2 Qty\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 12.6 Lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUbolts: 4 Qty\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePegs: 8 Qty\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpring Washers (M8): 8 Qty\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBolts (M8-1.25 x 25MM): 4 Qty\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNylock Nuts (M8 x 25MM): 12 Qty\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlat Washers (M8 x 25MM): 12 Qty\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTensioning Straps: 1 Qty\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuy Lines: 8 Qty\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch4\u003eFitment\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eUniversal. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003ePart Numbers\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eMPN TS-AWN-270-4D-KIT\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Tuff Stuff Overland","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53621786673463,"sku":"TS-AWN-270-4D-KIT","price":869.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0744\/2808\/8631\/files\/tuff-stuff-270o-degree-compact-awning-driver-side-awning-tuff-stuff-overland-374182.jpg?v=1794603140"},{"product_id":"tuff-stuff-overland-vessel-water-bottle-steel-32-ounce","title":"Tuff Stuff Overland Vessel Water Bottle, Steel, 32 Ounce","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eves∙sel \\ 've-sel : a hollow container for holding liquids\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 32-ounce Vessel is our new rugged stainless steel, a double-wall insulated container designed to keep your cold drinks frosty cold longer and it works perfectly for your hot beverages too.  The leakproof Vessel features a wide mouth chug style lid, durable three-finger handle, sweat-free exterior, and a BPA-free silicone bumper which is for tough days on the trail, relaxing at the campsite, or just chilling on the beach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFEATURES AND BENEFITS:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e 32oz stainless steel water bottle\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e Double-walled Vacuum insulated\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e Leak-proof, wide mouth chug style lid\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e Extra-large handle for carrying convenience\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e Durable 2x treated powder coating\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e BPA Free protective silicone bumper\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e *Not recommended for use with carbonated beverages\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eFitment\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eUniversal. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003ePart Numbers\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eMPN TS-8-1100\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Tuff Stuff Overland","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53621786706231,"sku":"TS-8-1100","price":28.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0744\/2808\/8631\/files\/tuff-stuff-vessel-water-bottle-water-bottles-tuff-stuff-overland-752611.jpg?v=1794603149"},{"product_id":"tuff-stuff-overland-titan-solar-light-3-500-lumen-freestanding-12-inch","title":"Tuff Stuff Overland Titan Solar Light, 3,500 Lumen, Freestanding, 12 Inch","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe TITAN lighting system offers 3500 lumens on a swivel head, 12” solar panel, 3 removable light bars that double as power banks all mounted on a highly adjustable tripod stand, packed into a compact hard case with a solar window.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e3,500 Lumen Lighting With Three Removable Light Bars\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach light bar offers 1150 lumens, doubles as a power bank, five-light settings each, along with a hook, magnets, and connectors to configure the TITAN's light bars in virtually any configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree Removable 1,150 Lumen Light Bars\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach removable light bar also doubles as a power bank.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e12\" Solar Panel\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe TITAN includes a 12” solar panel to recharge your lighting system while set up during the day, or while stored in the hardshell case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdjustable Swivel Head\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe TITAN offers a fully adjustable swivel head, allowing infinite adjustability of your high-powered lighting system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHighly Adjustable Telescoping Tripod Stand\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe TITAN's tripod stands out from the competition, offering three individually adjustable telescoping legs, and a center telescoping pole with up to 79\" of height adjustability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStorage Hammock\u003cbr\u003eThe Titan offers a removable storage hammock that doubles as a central weight for the Titan lighting system.\u003cbr\u003eProtective Hardshell Case\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA unique hardshell case with clear window allowing you to charge your TITAN while packed on your roof rack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e12\" solar panel \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3,500 lumen lighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 removable light bars (1,150 lumen each)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEach light bar has 5 light settings, hook, \u0026amp; magnet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEach light bar doubles as a power bank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable swivel light head\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTelescoping legs \u0026amp; stand, max 79\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStorage hammock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtective hardshell case w\/clear window allowing you to charge while traveling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct case size L\/W\/H: 27.36x13.39x6.22\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct weight: 20.5 Lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch4\u003eFitment\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eUniversal. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003ePart Numbers\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eMPN TS-4-1001\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Tuff Stuff Overland","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53621786771767,"sku":"TS-4-1001","price":322.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0744\/2808\/8631\/files\/tuff-stuff-titan-12-solar-freestanding-light-solar-light-tuff-stuff-overland-546462.jpg?v=1794603160"},{"product_id":"tuff-stuff-overland-halo-solar-light-360-degree-700-lumen-freestanding-with-speaker-9-75-in-black","title":"Tuff Stuff Overland Halo Solar Light, 360-Degree, 700 Lumen, Freestanding, with Speaker, 9.75 in, Black","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tuff Stuff HALO lighting system offers 360-degree lighting, a 9.75” solar panel, 3 removable Light Pods, and a removable high-fidelity Bluetooth speaker all mounted on a highly adjustable tripod stand, packed into a stylish hard case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA day in the sun will fully charge the main unit and light pods providing up to 14 hours of operation on a full charge. The included USB charging cable allows the Halo light to be fully charged before you hit the road. 3 D-cell batteries (not included) can be used to provide back-up power in case of emergency,\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach removable Light Pod light offers magnets, a hook, and five-light settings, including an amber setting to deter flying insects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bluetooth Speaker is housed in the center of the HALO main unit and features a built-in hook to hang your speaker when away from the HALO.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HALO tripod features independently telescoping legs for adjustability on any terrain, with added foam grips for easy installation and removal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe included tripod Storage Hammock doubles as a central weight for the HALO lighting system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProtective Hardshell Case\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HALO comes with a stylish and protective hardshell case that includes custom foam inserts to keep the HALO safe on the bumpiest of travels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003eMain Lamp unit with 9.75” solar panel and 3 built in LED lights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e9.75” solar panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3.75\" high fidelity removable speaker\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 removable light pods w\/5 settings each, hook, \u0026amp; magnet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTelescoping legs (3) \u0026amp; stand (1), max height 81\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct case size L\/W\/H: 27.8x17.52x7.48\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct weight: 19 Lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLighting Options\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh, 700 lumens, 8 hours running time on a full charge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMedium, 480 lumens, 11 hours running time on a full charge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLow, 350 lumens, 14 hour running time on a full charge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRemovable light pods (3) w\/5 settings each, hook, \u0026amp; magnet.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh, 100 lumens, 8 hours running time on a full charge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLow, 50 lumens, 11 hours running time on a full charge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAmber (mosquito light), 90 lumens, 14 hour running time on a full charge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpotlight, 90 lumens \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpotlight Flashing, 90 lumens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3.75\" high fidelity removable speaker (Charges via micro-usb)\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 hour running time on a full charge \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded parts\/accessories\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHalo Light (main unit)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemovable Light Pods (3)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUSB charging cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTripod Head (1)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpring connectors (3)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStorage hammock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGround Stakes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstruction Manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct case size L\/W\/H: 27.8x17.52x7.48\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct weight: 19 Lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch4\u003eFitment\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eUniversal. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003ePart Numbers\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eMPN TS-4-1000\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Tuff Stuff Overland","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53621787099447,"sku":"TS-4-1000","price":345.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0744\/2808\/8631\/files\/tuff-stuff-halo-light-system-pre-order-solar-light-tuff-stuff-overland-275910.jpg?v=1794603167"},{"product_id":"tuff-stuff-overland-anti-condensation-mat-fits-rooftop-hardshell-tents","title":"Tuff Stuff Overland Anti-Condensation Mat, Fits Rooftop Hardshell Tents","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tuff Stuff Anti-Condensation Mat to help combat moisture buildup. Place under the mattress of the Alpha, Alpha II, or Stealth Rooftop Tent for extra circulation that helps fight condensation from forming on the tent’s walls and floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFEATURES \u0026amp; BENEFITS:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Installs easily under the mattress of the appropriate Rooftop Tent\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e Fights condensation and mildew buildup inside of your tent\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlpha II Anti-Condensation 2 piece Mat L\/W\/H: 48 x 56 x 1\/4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlpha \u0026amp; Stealth Anti-Condensation 2 piece Mat L\/W\/H: 48 x 76 x 1\/4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eInstructions\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove the mattress from the tent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLay the 2 mats on both surfaces of the tent floor so there is no overlapping \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd the Velcro to each corner of the mats, then adhere to the RTT floor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReinstall the mattress inside of the tent and the mattress will line up with Velcro strips on the top of the mat\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis is done so the mat does not slide out while opening the tent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eQ \u0026amp; A\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy use an anti-condensation mat?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe answer is simple; to reduce the condensation inside of your tent that can occur underneath the mattress. Don't learn the hard way like us when it comes time to go home and you notice moisture dripping down the floor of your tent... Add an anti-condensation mat and make your rooftop tent last for years.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy would there be moisture in the tent?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause the tent holds its temperature inside so well and the floors are made of aluminum, body heat transfers through the floor causing varying temperatures between the outside and inside surfaces (temperature gradient). When this temperature change occurs, moisture can also occur under the mattress on the warmest part of the floor. To eliminate this, add our 1\/4 inch anti-condensation mat which provides a layer between your body and the aluminum floor to reduce the temperature change which leads to moisture. Think of drinking ice water from an aluminum cup. This is why an anti-condensation mat is so important.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eFitment\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eUniversal. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003ePart Numbers\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMPN TS-ACM-CS2 (Alpha II)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMPN TS-ACM-CS (Alpha\/Stealth)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Tuff Stuff Overland","offers":[{"title":"Alpha II","offer_id":53621788279095,"sku":"TS-ACM-CS2","price":165.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Alpha\/Stealth","offer_id":53621788311863,"sku":"TS-ACM-CS","price":178.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0744\/2808\/8631\/files\/tuff-stuff-overland-roof-top-tent-anti-condensation-mat-alphas-anti-condensation-mat-tuff-stuff-overland-612219.jpg?v=1794603174"},{"product_id":"tuff-stuff-overland-alpha-ii-annex-room-87x82-inches-olive","title":"Tuff Stuff Overland Alpha II Annex Room, 87x82 Inches, Olive","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003eThe Alpha II Annex Room transforms the versatility of your Alpha II rooftop tent. Gain an additional enclosed space to use for sleeping, a camp kitchen, or just a hangout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e*This is the annex room only, the tent is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFEATURES \u0026amp; BENEFITS:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Measures a generous 87 x 82-inches for plenty of room\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e Heavy-duty YKK zippers\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e Rugged 600D poly-oxford walls and 1000D PVC floor maximize protection from inclement weather\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e Two large windows with mesh panels for lots of ventilation and natural light\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e Creates a very versatile space for sleeping, cooking, hanging out, or sheltering from a storm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e Includes guide ropes for stability in windy conditions\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e Removable rear panel for easy vehicle access\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e Alpha II Rooftop Tent is sold separately \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal Mounting Height: 76 to 78 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions L\/\/W\/H: 87x82x79 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFloor: 1000D PVC\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWalls: 600D Polyester\/Oxford material\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAluminized coated for better heat retention and privacy while inside\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBreathable UV \u0026amp; Mold Resistant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSheds water instantly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy-duty YKK zipper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 “NO-SEE-UM MESH” screened windows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Military Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eInstructions\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpread out the floor until it is flat and locate the upper zipper.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLine up the zipper corner directly under the front left tent edge (w\/the ladder retracted). The zipper corner should be on the left when facing the tent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTake the annex room and find the \"corded\" (orange cords hang down to roll the back door up into) top back wall section of the tent. This top section is the area that will slip into the tent's base channel nearest your vehicle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo get the back wall lined up correctly, take the annex room top w\/the green color facing out, and slide the top of the room into the tent channel on the left side of the tent. Pull it towards the back, nearest your vehicle, and keep sliding it until you have all three sides of the tent run through the tent base channel. Again, the back wall is the wall w\/the cords hanging down to hold the access door to your vehicle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOnce you have the annex room through the channels, zipper the annex room to the rainfly. It's a bit easier if you take out the tension rods first.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNow, starting on the back, left side, zip the annex room floor to the walls.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMake sure your floor is evenly spread out. Use stakes to secure the floor at each corner.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTake the orange Tension Rods and place them vertically inside the front corners of the annex room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf on soft ground use the rubber feet to protect the floor from damage by the Tension Rods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjust the end of the Tension rod to the same height as the floor (76”, 79” recommended).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTake the tie-down ropes and secure the tension rod loops from the outside and stake securely to the ground.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e* This annex room is NOT recommended for high winds or heavy rains.\u003cbr\u003e**Be sure to spread out the walls as tight as possible to ensure no moisture collects in low spots, causing pooling. Over-saturation will cause water to eventually penetrate the fabric after heavy rainfall over several hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\nVideo \n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eQ \u0026amp; A\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use this annex room in all weather conditions?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, this annex room is NOT recommended for high winds or heavy rains.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the annex room made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eManufactured from high-quality polyester\/cotton windproof fabric.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I have the access door from any side of the vehicle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTechnically, no, the Alpha tent can fold open only from the passenger side of the vehicle, therefore the annex room will only have access to the passenger side of the vehicle.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need an annex room?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, you're going to want to spread out. Having extra storage and space when you need it most is what an annex room is all about. Put those kids and pets down below while you enjoy the scenery from above. And why not? You've worked hard to get here. Also, the annex room makes a great changing room instead of having to climb upstairs to switch out of the bathing suit and into camp wear gear... e.g. Ugg Boots and a sweatshirt.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eFitment\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eUniversal. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003ePart Numbers\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eMPN TS-ANX-CS2\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Tuff Stuff Overland","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53621788410167,"sku":"TS-ANX-CS2","price":622.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0744\/2808\/8631\/files\/tuff-stuff-alpha-ii-clam-shell-rtt-annex-room-annex-room-tuff-stuff-overland-823862.jpg?v=1794603181"},{"product_id":"tuff-stuff-overland-alpha-ii-hardshell-rooftop-tent-abs-2-person-black","title":"Tuff Stuff Overland Alpha II Hardshell Rooftop Tent, ABS, 2 Person, Black","description":"\u003cp\u003eOur number one selling car and truck tent. for smaller SUVs or Subaru’s, this is the mini version of the ALPHA rooftop tent. Go off-grid and still enjoy comfort and quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Benefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA hard-shell four-season tent with room for two people\u003cbr\u003e Ultra-fast setup time takes less than two minutes\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e 53 x 78-inch mattress that is 2.36-inches thick\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e Manufactured from high-quality 280G poly-cotton windproof fabric\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e Heavy-duty YKK zippers with custom para-cord pull\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e Includes a 210D poly-oxford rainfly \u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e Three windows with awnings and mesh screens for excellent ventilation and views\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e Built-in skylight for star gazing and additional light\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e Built-in internal and external LED light strips\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e Designed to open to the passenger side only \u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e All aluminum frame, ladder, and roof rack mounts\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e All necessary hardware for complete installation (including tools)\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e Mounting hardware \u0026amp; brackets for installation (fits up to 3.25\" cross bars)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e Mattress\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e Shoe bag, 1 qty\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e Storage bag, 1 qty\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e Window rods, 6 qty\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e Window awnings (removable)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e Rainfly\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e Moon roof\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e Telescoping ladder with angled steps \u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e LED Lights for interior \u0026amp; exterior (requires power from a USB power pack, not included)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e Patch kit \u0026amp; glue to perform repairs\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e Not included, Alpha II Annex Room\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable Colors: Black\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eImportant:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ALPHA II™ tent is designed to open to the passenger side ONLY\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSpecifications\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSleeping Capacity: 2 Person\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOpen dimensions L\/W\/H:  59.75 X 79 X 46 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClosed dimensions L\/W\/H: 59.75 X 49.75 X 14 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMattress L\/W\/H: 53 X 78 X 2.36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 141 Lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight Capacity: 800 Lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTent Material: 280 G Poly\/Cotton Rip-Stop\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRainfly Material: 210D Polyester\/Oxford PU coated 5000mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFloor: Heavy-duty aluminum honeycomb\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShell: ABS\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZippers: YKK with custom para-cord pulls (reduces annoying dinging in wind)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLED Light: Amber \u0026amp; White light (inside and outside)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWindows: 3 window openings w\/ mesh screens \u0026amp; window rods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSkylight with mesh and solid panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWindow Awnings: 2 side window openings have removable (zip-off) rain awnings (included)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation brackets fit crossbars up to 3.25\" wide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSteel cable locks w\/ 2 pairs of keys\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLadder: Telescoping 7.5' tall w\/angled steps (included)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting hardware: Stainless steel (Included)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot included, but available, Annex room\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eImportant:\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ALPHA II™ tent is designed to open to the passenger side ONLY\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Alpha Shell is made of ABS material which will react (expand\/contract) with the heat and cold temperatures. It is perfectly normal to notice changes in the roof or the spacing between the shell and the floor.\u003cbr\u003eIf you have experienced any large temperature changes in your area, this is most likely the case and is not a cause for alarm. It has no impact on the tent's performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eInstructions\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation Notes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYour vehicle must have crossbars (left to right) that can accept 190+ Lbs, and your crossbars should be at least 30\" apart for proper support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePickup trucks: We strongly recommend the use of a truck bed rack. We do not recommend the Alpha tents be placed on the roof of a truck.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this tent fit my vehicle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRoof top tents are not vehicle-specific. It is up to you to provide a stable roof rack that can support the weight of the tent on top, in addition to the people inside. Always refer to your vehicle manual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHeavy-duty crossbars (left to right) are necessary to support the weight of the tent, and we recommend checking your factory rail system (front to back) to confirm it will hold the weight of your tent and the people inside. Max width of your crossbar should be 3.25\" or less so there are no modifications needed to use the provided brackets. If your crossbars are wider than 3.25\" you will need to purchase brackets from another source or have them manufactured for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Tent\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting your tent requires a minimum of 2 people for lifting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYour tent will ONLY OPEN ON THE PASSENGER SIDE. Position the tent on top of the vehicle's roof rack, bed rack, or trailer and center to your liking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsing the supplied hardware and mounting plates, slide the hardware into the channel so there are 2 bolts per corner (one in front and one behind the vehicle's crossbars).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRun the bolts through the mounting brackets holes, thread nuts onto each bolt.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirm you are happy with the position of the tent, vehicle balance, and appearance then tighten all nuts to the brackets until the tent cannot move.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUndo the buckles on the side of the tent, push up on the handle to actuate the hydraulic rams to open the tent hard shell, Pull out on the telescoping ladder until it is fully extended- pull down on ladder until the folding side of the tent has opened and extended fully.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReposition the ladder to your desired height\/angle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstall the supplied tension rods on the overhang of the tent \u0026amp; windows, open the door, and enjoy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for Alpha Manual\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRequired Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe Clear coat on our Alpha shells is a clear layer of paint sprayed on the ABS shell to protect it from UV rays, rocks, and dirt kicked up from the road. The clear coat will wear off with time and can also be chipped off by salt, road debris, and nature. You can protect your clear coat by regular washing and waxing.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTips to protect your clear coat\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKeep out of the sun as much as possible\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOver time, the powerful UV rays in direct sunlight can wear down the clear coat.\u003cbr\u003eHot sunlight can also open small “pores” in your clear coat, allowing more dirt and debris to get in. So, to protect the clear coat and lengthen its lifespan, park in a garage or in the shade whenever possible.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClear off bird and bug droppings immediately\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBird droppings are highly acidic. If they’re left on the clear coat, they can erode and destroy the layer of clear coat. If you spot any bird or bug droppings, rinse them off immediately with water from a hose.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProtect your clear coat from salty air\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSalt will corrode the clear coat. So, if you live in a salty coastal climate, keep in mind that you will need to wash off\/rinse your shell the same as you would a surfboard. Salty air and spray are some of the biggest nemeses of clear coating.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAvoid getting tree sap on your vehicle\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor most, the risk of getting tree sap on your car is much lower than the risk of encountering bird droppings or salty air. However, tree sap is a double threat: the sap can soak into your clear coat and damage it directly, or it can attract dust and dirt and force these materials into your clear coat.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHand wash and apply wax regularly\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWashing will remove dust and dirt that stick to the clear coat over the course of driving. Dirt will quickly wear down your clear coat, so removing the dirt frequently will protect the clear coat and lengthen its lifespan.\u003cbr\u003eMany automotive companies sell special clear-coat protection products that seal and protect your clear coat. To apply the product, simply rub it into the clear coat with a microfiber cloth. Follow the directions printed on the bottle and apply the clear-coat protection roughly as often as you wash your vehicle. You can purchase clear-coat protection products at any large automotive supply store or online.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCracked Shell (Life Happens)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRepair\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean area with soap, water, and plastic cleaner.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrind damaged area, then repair with a PlastiFix® Rigid Plastic Repair Kit or similar product.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrime.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePaint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlastiFix® is an optimal repair method. Weld repairs may be backed with epoxy for extra strength.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClean Surface\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn order to maximize the strength of any repair, thoroughly clean contaminants from the surface in the damaged area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean both sides with soap and water. Dry with a clean cloth or compressed air.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpray Plastic Cleaner onto the surface and wipe off while wet with a clean, lint-free cloth. Wipe in one direction to avoid spreading contaminants back over the clean area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlign Damage and Deformation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the plastic is distorted, heat with a heat gun and reshape the distorted area. When heating plastic, it is important that the plastic be heated all the way through. Hold the heat gun on the area until the opposite side of the plastic is uncomfortable to the touch. Once heated, force the plastic back into position with a small roller or another appropriate tool, then cool the area with a damp cloth. Stretched areas can be shrunk with the shell cold. Keep working until smooth, then sand overall with 80 grit to help identify remaining low spots. Push out remaining low spots and repeat the process.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIf the damaged area is cut or torn to the edge, align the cosmetic surface with Aluminum Body Tape and begin the repair process on the back. By aligning the outer surface, you minimize the amount of filler required to restore the proper profile to the part.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlastiFix Rigid Plastic Repair Kit\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCrack Repair\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReinforcing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eVideos\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlpha II Walkthrough\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlpha II Unboxing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eFAQs\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I keep my rooftop tent shell looking nice?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot unlike a Brazilian model, keep it clean and waxed. Just like anything that you want to keep nice you need to maintain it. This means washing and waxing on a semi-regular basis. Sticks and stones, bird dookie, bug splatter, salty air, bad jokes, etc. will all work to etch and ruin your sweet, beautiful Alpha shell. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I run my vehicle and tent through a car wash?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot unless you're filming something for Instagram and don't care if your tent gets ripped from the vehicle like a category 5 hurricane.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSimilar to, \"The Princess and the Pea\" I too require a memory foam mattress. Why don't you sell one with your tents?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHave you ever fallen into a memory foam bed when it's cold? If so, then you know why we do not offer memory foam mattresses. Cold weather and memory foam are not friends. Not only does memory foam \"freeze\" up in the cold but it holds moisture and its little friend mold. RTT's have enough issues with condensation. You do not want to add a hard, wet, moldy sponge to the mix.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping \/ Delivery\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRooftop Tents ship via LTL Truck Freight and will ship separately from any other items in your cart.\u003cbr\u003ePlease allow 2-3 business days for your Tent to be palletized and picked up by the freight company.  You will receive a tracking confirmation as soon as your shipment is picked up from the warehouse.\u003cbr\u003eFreight\/Delivery times are 7-10 business days from our warehouse to the Destination Terminal.\u003cbr\u003eFinal Delivery is by Appointment, please provide the best phone number on your order to avoid any missed calls which will delay your delivery.  Please note that the available delivery days will vary based on the distance from the Destination Terminal and the Final Delivery address (your shipping address), if you are in a rural or remote area, the carrier may only service your area once a week. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo NOT miss your delivery once scheduled or you will be charged for rescheduling. We get charged and will pass the charge on to you.  \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor residential deliveries: The courier will only deliver to the sidewalk, driveway, or garage. A valid telephone number must be provided at the time of purchase. This needs to be a number that you can be reached at in order for the delivery driver to schedule a delivery time. Failure to provide a valid telephone number will result in your tent not being shipped until we can make contact with you. \u003cbr\u003eIf you cannot arrange to be available or fail to respond to the carrier, your tent will be returned to our warehouse and the return freight charges will be applied to your credit card.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReceiving and Inspection. You have a 15-minute window to inspect your shipment before signing and accepting the delivery.  Please take pictures of the shipment before your sign and accept delivery.\u003cbr\u003eIf your tent is Not received Strapped on a Pallet, REFUSE the shipment, and call us immediately at 866-220-0171, we will process a replacement shipment at once.\u003cbr\u003eIf there are any holes in the box, look in the hole to inspect if there is any damage to the tent.  If there is any Visible Damage to the Tent, REFUSE the shipment and call us immediately at 866-220-0171, we will process a replacement shipment at once.\u003cbr\u003eNote any Damage (crushed corners, scuff marks, tears) to the box on the BOL Before Signing for your delivery.\u003cbr\u003eLastly, please open and inspect the tent As Soon As Possible.  If any damage is found once you open the packaging, stop, and take pictures. Make sure to take pictures of the packaging, the tent, anything that will provide context for the damage. Concealed damage and missing parts must be reported within 72 hours of delivery. After 72 hours we are not able to file a claim with the carrier and our options to repair or replace your tent will be limited.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eFitment\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eUniversal. Mounts to roof racks and bed racks with compatible cross bars; check the rack's dynamic load rating against the tent weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003ePart Numbers\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eMPN TS-RTT-CS2-BK\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Tuff Stuff Overland","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53621788442935,"sku":"TS-RTT-CS2-BK","price":3245.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0744\/2808\/8631\/files\/tuff-stuff-alpha-ii-hard-top-side-open-tent-black-2-person-roof-top-tent-tuff-stuff-overland-866035.jpg?v=1794603187"},{"product_id":"tuff-stuff-overland-trailhead-delta-annex-room-85x54-inches-tan","title":"Tuff Stuff Overland Trailhead \/ Delta Annex Room, 85x54 Inches, Tan","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003eLooking to add some more usable space to your Delta or Trailhead tent? The Tuff Stuff Delta and Trailhead Annex Room is the solution. This annex features four walls and a heavy-duty PVC floor. Add a completely enclosed space for a changing room, storage, or an extra sleeping area. \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStart by zipping the PVC floor to the annex room walls. The use of wax, chapstick, or similar products will help to lubricate the zipper.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNext, to properly install your annex room, you will have to remove the 2 ladder bolts and slide the annex room's top seam into the base of your rooftop tents' channel and slide around all 4 sides to seal at the top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReinstall the ladder and prop the corners of the annex floor out so the floor is tight (as possible) and set the stakes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe optimal mounting height is approximately 76\"-78\" from the ground for the annex room to lay properly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eFitment\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eUniversal. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003ePart Numbers\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eMPN TS-ANX-DLT-TH\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Tuff Stuff Overland","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53621788606775,"sku":"TS-ANX-DLT-TH","price":352.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0744\/2808\/8631\/files\/tuff-stuff-overland-enclosed-annex-room-with-floor-delta-trailhead-annex-room-tuff-stuff-overland-158989.jpg?v=1794603194"},{"product_id":"tuff-stuff-overland-telescoping-ladder-102-inch-330-load-capacity","title":"Tuff Stuff Overland Telescoping Ladder, 102 Inch, 330 Load Capacity","description":"\u003cp\u003eIf you’re looking to swap out your roof top tent's standard square sliding ladder for a telescoping ladder, look no further. Tuff Stuff's telescoping ladder can extend up to a massive 8’ and can support up to 330Lbs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOur telescoping ladder should be fully extended from the bottom until it locks into place, then collapsed at the top to reduce the height. Failure to follow these steps can result in injury to you or damage to your ladder or tent.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompatible with the following:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlpha\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlpha II\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStealth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrailhead\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompatible, with minor modifications, to the following:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRanger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRanger 65\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElite\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDelta\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOther branded tents\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSpecifications\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCollapsed (closed) Length: 31”\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExtended (open) Length: 102” or 8' 5\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth: 19.5”\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLadder Rung Width: 13”\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting Tabs (apart): 15.5”\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eInstructions\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReplacing Existing Telescoping Ladder\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBolton to the existing bolt pattern\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReplacing the Original Extension Ladder (7' Length) with the Telescoping Ladder (8' 2\" Length) \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOur ladder will install on any of our Tuff Stuff tents, however, because it is wider, it will require the drilling of 2 additional holes on either side of the original ladder holes if mounting to the following:\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRanger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRanger 65\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElite\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDelta\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe same hardware can be used with either ladder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsing the Ladder\u003cbr\u003eGo to frame 1:25 to see a great explanation of how to use the telescoping ladder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you are using an annex room and replacing your existing Extension Ladder (7' Length) with a Telescoping Ladder (8' 2\" Length) you will need to purchase an Annex Extension for your tent. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you are using the Telescoping Ladder with the tent only you will not need an Annex Room Extension.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease contact us for the correct annex extension for your tent.  These extensions zip onto the bottom of your existing annex room. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eVIDEO\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003ch4\u003eFitment\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eUniversal. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003ePart Numbers\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eMPN TS-LDR-TELE-2.6M\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Tuff Stuff Overland","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53621788705079,"sku":"TS-LDR-TELE-2.6M","price":228.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0744\/2808\/8631\/files\/tuff-stuff-roof-top-tent-telescoping-ladder-102-inch-ladder-extension-annex-extension-tuff-stuff-overland-390056.jpg?v=1794603203"},{"product_id":"tuff-stuff-overland-mounted-shower-tent-enclosure-42x42-inches","title":"Tuff Stuff Overland Mounted Shower Tent Enclosure, 42x42 Inches","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tuff Stuff Shower Tent provides an enclosed space to rinse off all the dirt and grime from the day's adventure. Thick nylon Ripstock walls keep the wind out and guide rods help keep its shape. Nothing beats a refreshing shower after a long day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFEATURES \u0026amp; BENEFITS:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Offers total privacy for showering outdoors\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e Measures 42 x 42 inches for plenty of room\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e Rugged \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e420D Polyester Oxford Rip-Stop fabric with aluminized internal fabric coating walls protect against wind and light intrusion\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e Deploys in under one minute\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e Ground stakes keep the enclosure secure in windy conditions\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eINCLUDES:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4 Heavy Duty Ground Stakes\u003cbr\u003e 2 Heavy Duty L Brackets with various mounting holes\u003cbr\u003e Stainless Steel Hardware\u003cbr\u003e Storage Bag for your tent stakes and additional hardware\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: L\/W\/H: 42 X 42 X 76 Inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 15 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: 420D Polyester Oxford Rip-Stop fabric with aluminized internal fabric coating for additional waterproofing and weather resistance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll aluminum backing plate for mounting the included L brackets along with stainless steel hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable straps around the upper half of the shower fabric allows great adjustability depending on vehicle height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 Velcro straps to secure your shower head, allowing for a hands-free experience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeploy and pack up the shower tent in under 1 minute\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInternal storage pockets for your shower items while in use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVelcro straps to securely hold the shower fabric in place while zipping up the 1000D Waterproof PVC driving cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eInstructions\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStep 1\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse the shower tent L-brackets to attach to your designed mounting points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMake sure that the shower tent is secure and does not move when mounted.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStep 2\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnzip the Shower tent cover.  (The cover is there to protect the shower tent and must be closed and secured when traveling)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhen traveling make sure you check the zips are secure and if in rough weather use a zip-tie to hold them together.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStep 3\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMove the shower cover out of the way by placing it on the top of the shower tent bracket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe cover is attached to the bracket and will not be able to be removed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStep 4\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThere will be 4 Straps that are holding the shower tent and tent arms in place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnbuckle the straps to deploy the tent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStep 5\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnroll the tent material away from the vehicle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStep 6\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStretch the material as far out as it will go (without forcing).  There are tension bars on the bottom that will help hold the material in shape.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStep 7\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFold out the shower arms so that they are at 90 degrees from the shower bracket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStep 8\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLock each shower arm into place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStep 9\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse the loops at the base of the shower material and the provided stakes to secure the shower base to the ground.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen putting the tent away, roll the material from the bottom to the top.  This makes it much easier to fit back into the shower cover bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNote: To avoid mildew issues, let the tent material dry before closing up into the cover. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStorage \u0026amp; Handling\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOpen the Shower tent fully and brush and vacuum any dirt.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean the fabric as needed using a mild detergent, warm water, and a soft to medium brush. Rinse fabric of all detergent prior to drying.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry Shower tent in the sun with shower tent open. The shower tent must be completely dry before storage, or mildew and mold may occur. This is especially necessary after camping in rain or wet conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsing a small brush you can remove dirt from the zipper. You can use beeswax, soap, or silicon spray to keep the zipper lubricated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBefore you leave always check the nuts and bolts attaching your shower tent to the rack. Make sure they are tight and secure. Check the cover is zipped and secured.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch4\u003eFitment\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eUniversal. Mounts to roof racks and bed racks with compatible cross bars; check the rack's dynamic load rating against the tent weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003ePart Numbers\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eMPN TS-SHOWER-TENT\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Tuff Stuff Overland","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53621788803383,"sku":"TS-SHOWER-TENT","price":317.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0744\/2808\/8631\/files\/tuff-stuff-mounted-shower-tent-enclosure-shower-tent-tuff-stuff-overland-480474.jpg?v=1794603212"},{"product_id":"tuff-stuff-overland-alpha-hardshell-rooftop-tent-abs-2-3-person-gray","title":"Tuff Stuff Overland Alpha Hardshell Rooftop Tent, ABS, 2-3 Person, Gray","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tuff Stuff Alpha is a hybrid side-opening rooftop tent that can be set up in under 2 minutes. With a sloped aerodynamic shell, the Alpha ensures minimal wind resistance when driving. Its high profile allows bedding to be kept inside while closed. Overland with a tent that’s quick and easy to camp comfortably.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eINCLUDES:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Mounting hardware \u0026amp; brackets for installation (fits up to 3.25\" cross bars)\u003cbr\u003e Mattress\u003cbr\u003e Shoe bag, 1 qty\u003cbr\u003e Storage bag, 1 qty\u003cbr\u003e Window rods, 6 qty\u003cbr\u003e Window awnings (removable)\u003cbr\u003e Rainfly\u003cbr\u003e Moon roof \u003cbr\u003e Telescoping ladder with angled steps \u003cbr\u003e LED Lights for interior \u0026amp; exterior (requires power from a USB power pack, not included)\u003cbr\u003e Patch kit \u0026amp; glue to perform repairs\u003cbr\u003e Not included, but available, is the Alpha™ Annex Room.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable Colors: Black and Gray\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSpecifications\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nSleeping Capacity: 3-4 People\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nOpen dimensions L\/W\/H: 75x87x52 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nClosed dimensions L\/W\/H: 75x55x15 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nMattress L\/W\/H: 71x87x 2.75\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nWeight: 176 Lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nWeight Capacity: 1100 Lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nTent Material: 280 G Poly\/Cotton Rip-Stop\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nRainfly Material: 210D Polyester\/Oxford PU coated 5000mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nFloor: Heavy-duty aluminum honeycomb\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nShell: ABS\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nZippers: YKK with custom para-cord pulls (reduces annoying dinging in wind)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nLED Light: Amber \u0026amp; White light (inside and outside)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nWindows: 3 window openings w\/ mesh screens \u0026amp; window rods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nSkylight with mesh and solid panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nWindow Awnings: 2 side window openings have removable (zip-off) rain awnings (included)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nInstallation brackets fit crossbars up to 3.25\" wide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nMounting rails: 32.5\" apart\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nSteel cable locks w\/ 2 pairs of keys\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nLadder: Telescoping 7.5' tall w\/angled steps (included)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nMounting hardware: Stainless steel (Included)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nNot included, but available, the Annex room\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eImportant:\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ALPHA™ tent is designed to open to the passenger side ONLY\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Alpha Shell is made of ABS material which will react (expand\/contract) with the heat and cold temperatures. It is perfectly normal to notice changes in the roof or the spacing between the shell and the floor.\u003cbr\u003eIf you have experienced any large temperature changes in your area, this is most likely the case and is not a cause for alarm. It has no impact on the tent's performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eInstructions\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMounting Tent\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nMounting your tent requires a minimum of 2 people for lifting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nYour tent will ONLY OPEN ON THE PASSENGER SIDE. Position the tent on top of the vehicle's roof rack, bed rack, or trailer and center to your liking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nUsing the supplied hardware and mounting plates, slide the hardware into the channel so there are 2 bolts per corner (one in front and one behind the vehicle's crossbars).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nRun the bolts through the mounting brackets holes, thread nuts onto each bolt.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nConfirm you are happy with the position of the tent, vehicle balance, and appearance then tighten all nuts to the brackets until the tent cannot move.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nUndo the buckles on the side of the tent, push up on the handle to actuate the hydraulic rams to open the tent hard shell, Pull out on the telescoping ladder until it is fully extended- pull down on ladder until the folding side of the tent has opened and extended fully.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nReposition the ladder to your desired height\/angle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nInstall the supplied tension rods on the overhang of the tent \u0026amp; windows, open the door, and enjoy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClick here for Alpha Manual\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRequired Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe Clear coat on our Alpha shells is a clear layer of paint sprayed on the ABS shell to protect it from UV rays, rocks, and dirt kicked up from the road. The clear coat will wear off with time and can also be chipped off by salt, road debris, and nature. You can protect your clear coat by regular washing and waxing.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTips to protect your clear coat\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKeep out of the sun as much as possible\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOver time, the powerful UV rays in direct sunlight can wear down the clear coat.\u003cbr\u003eHot sunlight can also open small “pores” in your clear coat, allowing more dirt and debris to get in. So, to protect the clear coat and lengthen its lifespan, park in a garage or in the shade whenever possible.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClear off bird and bug droppings immediately\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBird droppings are highly acidic. If they’re left on the clear coat, they can erode and destroy the layer of clear coat. If you spot any bird or bug droppings, rinse them off immediately with water from a hose.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProtect your clear coat from salty air\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSalt will corrode the clear coat. So, if you live in a salty coastal climate, keep in mind that you will need to wash off\/rinse your shell the same as you would a surfboard. Salty air and spray are some of the biggest nemeses of clear coating.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAvoid getting tree sap on your vehicle\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor most, the risk of getting tree sap on your car is much lower than the risk of encountering bird droppings or salty air. However, tree sap is a double threat: the sap can soak into your clear coat and damage it directly, or it can attract dust and dirt and force these materials into your clear coat.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHand wash and apply wax regularly\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWashing will remove dust and dirt that stick to the clear coat over the course of driving. Dirt will quickly wear down your clear coat, so removing the dirt frequently will protect the clear coat and lengthen its lifespan.\u003cbr\u003eMany automotive companies sell special clear-coat protection products that seal and protect your clear coat. To apply the product, simply rub it into the clear coat with a microfiber cloth. Follow the directions printed on the bottle and apply the clear-coat protection roughly as often as you wash your vehicle. You can purchase clear-coat protection products at any large automotive supply store or online.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCracked Shell (Life Happens)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRepair\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nClean area with soap, water, and plastic cleaner.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nGrind damaged area, then repair with a PlastiFix® Rigid Plastic Repair Kit or similar product.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nPrime.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nPaint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlastiFix® is an optimal repair method. Weld repairs may be backed with epoxy for extra strength.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClean Surface\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn order to maximize the strength of any repair, thoroughly clean contaminants from the surface in the damaged area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nClean both sides with soap and water. Dry with a clean cloth or compressed air.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nSpray Plastic Cleaner onto the surface and wipe off while wet with a clean, lint-free cloth. Wipe in one direction to avoid spreading contaminants back over the clean area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlign Damage and Deformation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the plastic is distorted, heat with a heat gun and reshape the distorted area. When heating plastic, it is important that the plastic be heated all the way through. Hold the heat gun on the area until the opposite side of the plastic is uncomfortable to the touch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnce heated, force the plastic back into position with a small roller or other appropriate tool, then cool the area with a damp cloth. Stretched areas can be shrunk with the shell cold. Keep working until smooth, then sand overall with 80 grit to help identify remaining low spots. Push out remaining low spots and repeat the process.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIf the damaged area is cut or torn to the edge, align the cosmetic surface with Aluminum Body Tape and begin the repair process on the back. By aligning the outer surface, you minimize the amount of filler required to restore the proper profile to the part.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlastiFix Rigid Plastic Repair Kit\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCrack Repair\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReinforcing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eVideos\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eFAQs\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I keep my roof top tent shell looking nice?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot unlike a Brazilian model, keep it clean and waxed. Just like anything that you want to keep nice you need to maintain it. This means washing and waxing on a semi-regular basis. Sticks and stones, bird dookie, bug splatter, salty air, bad jokes, etc. will all work to etch and ruin your sweet, beautiful Alpha shell. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I run my vehicle and tent through a car wash?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot unless you're filming something for Instagram and don't care if your tent gets ripped from the vehicle like a category 5 hurricane.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSimilar to, \"The Princess and the Pea\" I too require a memory foam mattress. Why don't you sell one with your tents?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHave you ever fallen into a memory foam bed when it's cold? If so, then you know why we do not offer memory foam mattresses. Cold weather and memory foam are not friends. Not only does memory foam \"freeze\" up in the cold but it holds moisture and its little friend mold. RTT's have enough issues with condensation. You do not want to add a hard, wet, moldy sponge to the mix.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping \/ Delivery\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRooftop Tents ship via LTL Truck Freight and will ship separately from any other items in your cart.\u003cbr\u003ePlease allow 2-3 business days for your Tent to be palletized and picked up by the freight company.  You will receive a tracking confirmation as soon as your shipment is picked up from the warehouse.\u003cbr\u003eFreight\/Delivery times are 7-10 business days from our warehouse to the Destination Terminal.\u003cbr\u003eFinal Delivery is by Appointment, please provide the best phone number on your order to avoid any missed calls which will delay your delivery.  Please note that the available delivery days will vary based on the distance from the Destination Terminal and the Final Delivery address (your shipping address), if you are in a rural or remote area, the carrier may only service your area once a week. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo NOT miss your delivery once scheduled or you will be charged for rescheduling. We get charged and will pass the charge on to you.  \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor residential deliveries: The courier will only deliver to the sidewalk, driveway, or garage. A valid telephone number must be provided at the time of purchase. This needs to be a number that you can be reached at in order for the delivery driver to schedule a delivery time. Failure to provide a valid telephone number will result in your tent not being shipped until we can make contact with you. \u003cbr\u003eIf you cannot arrange to be available or fail to respond to the carrier, your tent will be returned to our warehouse and the return freight charges will be applied to your credit card.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReceiving and Inspection. You have a 15-minute window to inspect your shipment before signing and accepting the delivery.  Please take pictures of the shipment before your sign and accept delivery.\u003cbr\u003eIf your tent is Not received Strapped on a Pallet, REFUSE the shipment, and call us immediately at 866-220-0171, we will process a replacement shipment at once.\u003cbr\u003eIf there are any holes in the box, look in the hole to inspect if there is any damage to the tent.  If there is any Visible Damage to the Tent, REFUSE the shipment and call us immediately at 866-220-0171, we will process a replacement shipment at once.\u003cbr\u003eNote any Damage (crushed corners, scuff marks, tears) to the box on the BOL Before Signing for your delivery.\u003cbr\u003eLastly, please open and inspect the tent As Soon As Possible.  If any damage is found once you open the packaging, stop, and take pictures. Make sure to take pictures of the packaging, the tent, anything that will provide context for the damage. Concealed damage and missing parts must be reported within 72 hours of delivery. After 72 hours we are not able to file a claim with the carrier and our options to repair or replace your tent will be limited.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoxed Alpha - 77 x 58 x 17 x 214 lbs\u003cbr\u003ePallet - 80 x 20 x 57 x 80 lbs\u003cbr\u003eTotal Shipped - 80 x 20 x 57 x 294 lbs\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eFitment\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eUniversal. Mounts to roof racks and bed racks with compatible cross bars; check the rack's dynamic load rating against the tent weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003ePart Numbers\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eMPN TS-RTT-CS-GR\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Tuff Stuff Overland","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53621790343479,"sku":"TS-RTT-CS-GR","price":3603.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0744\/2808\/8631\/files\/tuff-stuff-alpha-hard-top-side-open-tent-gray-3-person-roof-top-tent-tuff-stuff-overland-554401.jpg?v=1794603219"},{"product_id":"tuff-stuff-overland-trailhead-rooftop-tent-2-person-tan","title":"Tuff Stuff Overland Trailhead Rooftop Tent, 2 Person, Tan","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003eThe Trailhead rooftop tent is a quick and easy one-person setup that allows you to sleep safely off the ground. Take in the views and feel the breeze through multiple mosquito net windows. Bolt onto any roof rack for the next big outdoor adventure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSpecifications\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Mounting hardware \u0026amp; brackets for installation (fits up to 2.75\" cross bars)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Dimensions Opened: 56\" X 96\" X 50\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Dimensions Closed: 56\" X 48\" X 13\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Sleeping pad: 55\" X 95\" X 1.75\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Max weight capacity: 800Lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Weight: 110Lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Tent fabric: 600D polyester Oxford, PU coated, waterproof rating to 3000MM, UV50+ Protected\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n 3 Season Tent\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Rainfly: 420D polyester Oxford, PU coated, waterproof rating to 3000MM, UV50+ Protected\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Doors and Windows: Solid panel \u0026amp; insect-free breathable mesh\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Ladder: 7.5' Telescoping (2 button operation)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Upper frame: 5\/8\" (16MM) Aluminum poles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Mattress: 1.75\" foam (density #30) with Cotton top cover\/Waterproof oxford bottom\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Installation hardware: T-304 stainless steel nuts\/bolts\/3mm plates, fits up to a 2.75\" wide crossbar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Tent Floor: Aluminum honeycomb (for weight reduction)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Zippers: YKK\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Shoe Bag: Included w\/ bottom mesh to allow water\/sand to fall out\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Driving Cover: 1000D PVC Waterproof\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n Frame: Black aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eInstructions\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYour vehicle must have crossbars (left to right) that can accept 150+ Lbs, and your crossbars should be at least 40\" apart for proper support. \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePickup trucks: We strongly recommend the use of a truck bed rack. We do not recommend the Trailhead tents be placed on the roof of a truck.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eVideos\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eFAQs\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping \/ Delivery\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRooftop Tents ship via LTL Truck Freight and will ship separately from any other items in your cart.\u003cbr\u003ePlease allow 2-3 business days for your Tent to be palletized and picked up by the freight company.  You will receive a tracking confirmation as soon as your shipment is picked up from the warehouse.\u003cbr\u003eFreight\/Delivery times are 7-10 business days from our warehouse to the Destination Terminal.\u003cbr\u003eFinal Delivery is by Appointment, please provide the best phone number on your order to avoid any missed calls which will delay your delivery.  Please note that the available delivery days will vary based on the distance from the Destination Terminal and the Final Delivery address (your shipping address), if you are in a rural or remote area, the carrier may only service your area once a week. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo NOT miss your delivery once scheduled or you will be charged for rescheduling. We get charged and will pass the charge on to you.  \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor residential deliveries: The courier will only deliver to the sidewalk, driveway, or garage. A valid telephone number must be provided at the time of purchase. This needs to be a number that you can be reached at in order for the delivery driver to schedule a delivery time. Failure to provide a valid telephone number will result in your tent not being shipped until we can make contact with you. \u003cbr\u003eIf you cannot arrange to be available or fail to respond to the carrier, your tent will be returned to our warehouse and the return freight charges will be applied to your credit card.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReceiving and Inspection. You have a 15-minute window to inspect your shipment before signing and accepting the delivery.  Please take pictures of the shipment before your sign and accept delivery.\u003cbr\u003eIf your tent is Not received Strapped on a Pallet, REFUSE the shipment, and call us immediately at 866-220-0171, we will process a replacement shipment at once.\u003cbr\u003eIf there are any holes in the box, look in the hole to inspect if there is any damage to the tent.  If there is any Visible Damage to the Tent, REFUSE the shipment and call us immediately at 866-220-0171, we will process a replacement shipment at once.\u003cbr\u003eNote any Damage (crushed corners, scuff marks, tears) to the box on the BOL Before Signing for your delivery.\u003cbr\u003eLastly, please open and inspect the tent As Soon As Possible.  If any damage is found once you open the packaging, stop, and take pictures. Make sure to take pictures of the packaging, the tent, anything that will provide context for the damage. Concealed damage and missing parts must be reported within 72 hours of delivery. After 72 hours we are not able to file a claim with the carrier and our options to repair or replace your tent will be limited.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoxed Trailhead - 58 x 49 x 11 x 130 lbs\u003cbr\u003ePallet - 60 x 50 x 4 x 68 lbs\u003cbr\u003eTotal Shipped - 60 x 50 x 15 x 198 lbs\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eFitment\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eUniversal. Mounts to roof racks and bed racks with compatible cross bars; check the rack's dynamic load rating against the tent weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003ePart Numbers\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eMPN TS-RTT-TRAILHEAD\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Tuff Stuff Overland","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53621790507319,"sku":"TS-RTT-TRAILHEAD","price":1183.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0744\/2808\/8631\/files\/tuff-stuff-trailhead-roof-top-tent-2-person-roof-top-tent-tuff-stuff-overland-288363.jpg?v=1794603227"},{"product_id":"tuff-stuff-overland-elite-rooftop-tent-includes-annex-room-4-5-person-tan","title":"Tuff Stuff Overland Elite Rooftop Tent Includes Annex Room, 4-5 Person, Tan","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003eThe Tuff Stuff Elite Roof Top Tent is capable of sleeping 4-5 people. Enjoy the comfort of privacy with the removable split wall and separate entry doors. A removable lower annex room is included to provide an even more elite experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Benefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003eFour-season tent with room for five people\u003cbr\u003e \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003eMassive 78 x 95-inch mattress (bigger than a California King) with a washable cover\u003cbr\u003e \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003eManufactured from high-quality 280D poly-cotton windproof fabric\u003cbr\u003e \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003eRemovable internal divider splits the tent into two separate spaces\u003cbr\u003e Heavy-duty YKK zippers\u003cbr\u003e \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003eIncludes a poly-oxford 420D rain fly with the best water-shedding ability on the market\u003cbr\u003e \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003ePull out the overhead veranda\u003cbr\u003e \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003eUnfolds from either side of the vehicle (side or rear)\u003cbr\u003e All aluminum frame, ladder, and roof rack mounts\u003cbr\u003e All necessary hardware for complete installation (including tools)\u003cbr\u003e Heavy-duty PVC driving cover\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2 qty Sliding Ladders\u003cbr\u003e 2 qty Entry Doors Rainfly\u003cbr\u003e Black PVC Cover Annex Room w\/ floor\u003cbr\u003e 2.75-inch mattress\u003cbr\u003e 1 qty of Shoe bags that slide into the tents railing for outdoor storage\u003cbr\u003e Under tent storage hammock that can be mounted inside or outside of the tent\u003cbr\u003e Installation of hardware and necessary tools\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eACTUAL WEIGHT\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n194 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWEIGHT CAPACITY\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n800 lbs\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDIMENSIONS L\/W\/H\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFOLDED CLOSED\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n79 x 48 x 16 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOPENED\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n79 x 96 x 52 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOPEN W\/ OVERHANG\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n132 x 79 x 52 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDISTANCE BETWEEN MOUNTING RAILS\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n32 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSEASON\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n4 season\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMATTRESS FOOTPRINT\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n78 x 96 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n2.75-inch thick mattress\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWINDOWS\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n6 including the doors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\"No see um\" mosquito mesh w\/ inner\/outer cover for cold\/wet weather\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nTaped seams to prevent moisture from leaching in through the seams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eANNEX ROOM (INCLUDED)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n113 x 90 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n420D Oxford side walls \u0026amp; 1000D PVC floor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nTaped seams to prevent moisture from leaching in through the seams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eBase\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nWelded aluminum 2-inch frame w\/ aluminum sheets (top \u0026amp; bottom)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nInsulated between joists to keep the warm air inside\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eInternal Frame\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n1\" diameter aluminum poles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n420D Oxford fabric coated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eTent Material\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n280G Cotton\/Poly Rip-Stop\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nPolyurethane-impregnated cotton\/canvas for maximum waterproof\/water shedding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nTaped seams to prevent moisture from leaching in through the seams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eRainfly\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n420D Oxford polyurethane coated for maximum waterproof\/water shedding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nTaped seams to prevent moisture from leaching in through the seams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eDriving Cover\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nBlack, 1000D PVC waterproof w\/heavy-duty YKK zippers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nZips on 3 sides\/Slides into tent base on 4th side\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eInstructions\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nInstall time is approx 1-2 hours with 2 people. Detailed instructions are included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe annex room zips on after the tent has been installed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nAll necessary spikes are included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nAll necessary hardware included (even the tools) to mount to most all roof racks (using the custom extruded aluminum channel system).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe ideal mounting height for the tent would be 76″-78″ above the ground to allow for the ladder to extend and annex to hang to the ground.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e**Tent mounts slide In the lower mounting rail to accommodate any crossbars (left to right on the vehicle) with a spread of up to 52\". We recommend your crossbars (left to right) are no more than 45\" apart for optimal support. The included lower brackets will accept up to a 3.25\" wide crossbar- Crossbars wider than 3.25\" will require new brackets to be fabricated. Please see photos of the provided mounting brackets for a better idea of what to expect.**\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePLEASE DO NOT fabricate your mounting rails before you receive your tent. It never ends up well.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePLEASE NOTE: MUST PROVIDE YOUR OWN ROOF RACK OR BASE FOR THE TENT TO BOLT TO\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCLICK HERE FOR THE INSTALLATION MANUAL\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cb\u003eFAQs\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eWill this tent fit my vehicle?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRoof top tents are not vehicle-specific. It is up to you to do your research. Make sure your vehicle has a stable roof rack that can support the weight of the tent on top, in addition to the people inside. Always refer to your vehicle manual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeavy-duty crossbars (left to right) are necessary to support the weight of the tent, and we recommend checking your factory rail system (front to back) to confirm it will hold the weight of your tent and the people inside. Max width of your crossbar should be 3.25\" or less so there are no modifications needed to use the provided brackets. If your crossbars are wider than 3.25\" you will need to purchase brackets from another source or have them manufactured for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eCan I run my vehicle and tent through a car wash?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot unless you're filming something for Instagram and don't care if your tent gets ripped from the vehicle like a category 5 hurricane.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eWhat is the tent made from?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManufactured from high-quality polyester\/cotton windproof fabric.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eI woke up and everything was wet inside, I thought this tent was waterproof.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is, but watch out here comes the science. When you’re camping in colder weather a temperature gradient exists (cooler outside than inside) and so moisture will build up on the tent walls, ceiling, poles, and floor. An Anti-Condensation mat reduces the temperature gradient at the floor and allows moisture to escape. They also help with air flow inside the tent and provide a small amount of extra padding. These \"Dry\" mats also keep the mildew stink at bay. And be sure to keep those vents open. Trust us on that one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eCan I wash the cover for the mattress?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, you can remove the cover and wash it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eNot unlike, \"The Princess and the Pea\" I too require an extremely soft mattress. Why don't you sell memory foam mattresses with your tents?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHave you ever fallen into a memory foam bed when it's cold? If so, then you know why we do not offer memory foam mattresses. Cold weather and memory foam are not friends. Not only does memory foam \"freeze\" up in the cold but it holds moisture and its little friend mold. RTT's have enough issues with condensation (see above). You do not want to add a hard, wet, moldy sponge to the mix.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eCan I utilize the RTT access door from any side of the vehicle?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the roof top tent can fold open from the right or left side of the vehicle or trailer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eDo you include all of the hardware for installation?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the tent comes ready with all hardware and wrenches but you will need to have the roof top racks ready for installation. Always check the weight capacity of your racks and your vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eHow many people can this roof top tent sleep?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComfortably 4-5 adults but if you have small children they can be placed in between you or in the free annex room that is included. Who are we kidding. Put those kids in the annex room and everyone will have a better trip. Just because you can do something doesn't mean you should.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eIs this tent easy to open and close?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompared to an Alpha, Alpha II or Stealth, no. Compared to other soft shell tents on the market, yes. Once you practice a few times in your driveway, the tent will take approximately 10-15 minutes to assembly. The bulk of that time is setting up the window rods so that the windows have an overhang.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eDoes this tent hold up in wind and rain?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely. The tent is waterproof as well as comes with a \"Rain Fly\" for those long rainy days. When secured correctly the tent will hold up to high winds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eDo I need to clean the tent every time I stop and camp?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, the driving cover protects the tent. Even though it seems like \"things\" will get into the tent during travel time it won't. Having said that, we do suggest that once you get ready to hit the trail you open the tent up to \"air it out\", brush off the mattress protector, and then you are ready to enjoy the outdoor adventures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eDo I need to clean the inside of the tent after camping?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnless you are blessed with OCD yes. Yes of course you do. Clean it and air it out. You're not a teenager anymore.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eDo I need to air out the tent after camping?\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, that's why we said it twice. The tent doesn't come with mold but it will move in if you don't air it out after each trip. Your body creates moisture through heat and breathing. Or if you tinkle the bed after too many beers around the campfire. Air out your tent and you'll have it to enjoy for years.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping \/ Delivery\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRooftop Tents ship via LTL Truck Freight and will ship separately from any other items in your cart.\u003cbr\u003ePlease allow 2-3 business days for your Tent to be palletized and picked up by the freight company.  You will receive a tracking confirmation as soon as your shipment is picked up from the warehouse.\u003cbr\u003eFreight\/Delivery times are 7-10 business days from our warehouse to the Destination Terminal.\u003cbr\u003eFinal Delivery is by Appointment, please provide the best phone number on your order to avoid any missed calls which will delay your delivery.  Please note that the available delivery days will vary based on the distance from the Destination Terminal and the Final Delivery address (your shipping address), if you are in a rural or remote area, the carrier may only service your area once a week. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo NOT miss your delivery once scheduled or you will be charged for rescheduling. We get charged and will pass the charge on to you.  \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor residential deliveries: The courier will only deliver to the sidewalk, driveway, or garage. A valid telephone number must be provided at the time of purchase. This needs to be a number that you can be reached at in order for the delivery driver to schedule a delivery time. Failure to provide a valid telephone number will result in your tent not being shipped until we can make contact with you. \u003cbr\u003eIf you cannot arrange to be available or fail to respond to the carrier, your tent will be returned to our warehouse and the return freight charges will be applied to your credit card.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReceiving and Inspection. You have a 15-minute window to inspect your shipment before signing and accepting the delivery.  Please take pictures of the shipment before your sign and accept delivery.\u003cbr\u003eIf your tent is Not received Strapped on a Pallet, REFUSE the shipment, and call us immediately at 866-220-0171, we will process a replacement shipment at once.\u003cbr\u003eIf there are any holes in the box, look in the hole to inspect if there is any damage to the tent.  If there is any Visible Damage to the Tent, REFUSE the shipment and call us immediately at 866-220-0171, we will process a replacement shipment at once.\u003cbr\u003eNote any Damage (crushed corners, scuff marks, tears) to the box on the BOL Before Signing for your delivery.\u003cbr\u003eLastly, please open and inspect the tent As Soon As Possible.  If any damage is found once you open the packaging, stop, and take pictures. Make sure to take pictures of the packaging, the tent, anything that will provide context for the damage. Concealed damage and missing parts must be reported within 72 hours of delivery. After 72 hours we are not able to file a claim with the carrier and our options to repair or replace your tent will be limited.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoxed Elite - 83 x 50 x 12 x 194 lbs\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePallet - 80 x 50 x 4 x 92 lbs\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTotal Shipped - 83 x 50 x 16 x 286 lbs\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eFitment\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eUniversal. Mounts to roof racks and bed racks with compatible cross bars; check the rack's dynamic load rating against the tent weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003ePart Numbers\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eMPN TS-RTT-ANX-ELT\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Tuff Stuff Overland","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53621790769463,"sku":"TS-RTT-ANX-ELT","price":3025.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0744\/2808\/8631\/files\/tuff-stuff-elite-overland-roof-top-tent-annex-room-5-person-roof-top-tent-tuff-stuff-overland-962559.jpg?v=1794603233"},{"product_id":"tuff-stuff-overland-security-nuts-for-rooftop-tents-awnings-10-mm-8-mm-6-mm","title":"Tuff Stuff Overland Security Nuts, For Rooftop Tents \u0026 Awnings, 10 mm, 8 mm, 6 mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eSecure your investment by installing our Tuff Stuff security nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOur 6mm is made specifically for our roof-mounted awning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOur 8mm and 10mm are made specifically for our roof top tents.  The type of hardware will determine the size that you require.  If you have slider hardware you'll need the 8mm security nuts.  If you have the T-Slot hardware you'll need the 10mm security nuts.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe security nuts include 8 qty security nuts and 1 qty key to tighten or loosen the nuts at any time.  Hardware is sold separately or was provided with your tent.  New tent purchases have the slider hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVery Important\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6mm secure our Awnings (too small for securing the tents)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8mm secure our Tents with Slider Hardware (security nuts only, does not include hardware)\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10mm secure our Tents with T-Slot Hardware (security nuts only, does not include hardware)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch4\u003eFitment\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eUniversal. Mounts to roof racks and bed racks with compatible cross bars; check the rack's dynamic load rating against the tent weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003ePart Numbers\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMPN TS-SEC-BLT-6MM (6mm- Awning)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMPN TS-SEC-BLT-8MM (8mm- Tents w\/Slider Hardware)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMPN TS-SEC-BLT-10MM (10mm- Tents w\/T-Slot Hardware)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Tuff Stuff Overland","offers":[{"title":"6mm- Awning","offer_id":53621790802231,"sku":"TS-SEC-BLT-6MM","price":90.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"8mm- Tents w\/Slider Hardware","offer_id":53621790834999,"sku":"TS-SEC-BLT-8MM","price":106.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10mm- Tents w\/T-Slot Hardware","offer_id":53621790867767,"sku":"TS-SEC-BLT-10MM","price":120.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0744\/2808\/8631\/files\/tuff-stuff-security-bolts-229511.jpg?v=1794603240"},{"product_id":"tuff-stuff-overland-truck-or-car-awning-6-5x8-feet-poly-cotton-ripstop-fabric-tan","title":"Tuff Stuff Overland Truck or Car Awning, 6.5x8 Feet, Poly-Cotton Ripstop Fabric, Tan","description":"\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tuff Stuff Rooftop Awning provides a valuable camp commodity, shade in the most secluded camping locations. Once attached to your vehicle, the awning deploys rapidly, producing enough shade for your entire crew. \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFEATURES \u0026amp; BENEFITS:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasures 8 x 6.5 feet for a smaller footprint\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRugged and tough 280G poly-cotton Ripstop fabric sheds water and blocks wind\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn all-aluminum frame is both strong and light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultiple mounting options\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes a tough 1000D PVC driving cover for transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlso available in a 4.5' x 6' roof top awning\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch4\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAwning\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufactured from high quality waterproof 280G polyester\/cotton (the best water-shedding material on the market)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUV rated for sun protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoated with polyurethane for maximum rain protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 qty support arms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4  qty velcro support loops per pole\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReflective guide ropes for additional lateral support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTested to withstand severe winds\/weather (while using guide ropes)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll aluminum frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAwning Driving Cover\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy-duty YKK zipper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack, 1000D PVC waterproof\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes all necessary stainless hardware and universal L brackets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation: Easy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e6.5' Awning Dimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth by Length: 6.5 x 8 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: Up to 7'\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes: 2 qty ground stakes and 1 qty 6.5 x 8-foot panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 27Lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eInstructions\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnzip the awning driving cover.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoll awning towards you while holding in the middle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhen the awning is completely unwrapped then pull the right and left side poles down from the hard tube on the end that you are holding.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjust the feet to the position height you want.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLock feet by twisting the bottom pole.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwing out both side supporting poles that will attach to the roof of the awning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBring these poles to the front bracket and lock in place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNote: Mounting Hardware shipped inside Weather Cover.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eVideos\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eQ \u0026amp; A\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill I ever use the awning?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely, the awning will be the first thing you pull out when you hang out at the beach, go to the desert, tailgating, or are watching the kids play. Instant shade and protection from the elements is something you don't think about until you need it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this hold up in wind?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, with the provided guide ropes and stakes, your awning can withstand moderate (10-20MPH) winds without damaging the poles. If there is any chance of wind, be sure to use the stakes \u0026amp; ropes as we do not cover wind damage under warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this be used in rain?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can certainly use your awning in light rains. If the awning fabric pools up water in the middle, there is a good chance your awning legs will buckle, ruining the structure. If you are present during a rainstorm, be sure to continuously pour the rainwater off of the fabric to prevent permanent damage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the shade wall be rolled up with the awning?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, if you lay the awning shade wall flat, and you are careful in rolling it up, the shade wall can be kept attached to the awning and stored for transport inside of the storage bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch4\u003eFitment\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eUniversal. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003ePart Numbers\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eMPN TS-AWN-RT-6.5\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Tuff Stuff Overland","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53621790998839,"sku":"TS-AWN-RT-6.5","price":347.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0744\/2808\/8631\/files\/tuff-stuff-roof-top-awning-65-x-8-awning-tuff-stuff-overland-600400.jpg?v=1794603247"},{"product_id":"tuff-stuff-overland-truck-or-car-awning-shade-wall-4-5x6-feet-poly-cotton-ripstop-fabric-tan","title":"Tuff Stuff Overland Truck or Car Awning Shade Wall, 4.5x6 Feet, Poly-Cotton Ripstop Fabric, Tan","description":"\u003cp\u003eTuff Stuff 6 x 4.5-Foot Awning Shade Wall provides the extra shade needed for a long trip. Adjust the angle when the sun gets low or to block the wind. Adding this additional panel to your existing Tuff Stuff awning creates extra space for the rest of your crew.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFEATURES \u0026amp; BENEFITS:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Adds another panel to our 6.5 x 4-foot awning for even more shade\u003cbr\u003e Made from the same rugged 280G poly-cotton Ripstop fabric as our awning\u003cbr\u003e Installs easily and quickly\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufactured from high quality waterproof 280G polyester\/cotton (the best water-shedding material on the market)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUV rated for sun protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoated with polyurethane for maximum rain protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstalls onto an existing awning in seconds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for use on our 4.5 x 6-foot rooftop awning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes 2 qty ground stakes and 1 qty 4.5 x 6-foot panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation: Easy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e*Does not include awning* but you can get the Tuff Stuff® Roof Top Awning 4.5′ x 6′ here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eInstructions\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInsert corner piping into the channel of your Tuff Stuff 4.5′ x 6′ Top Awning and run through the channel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTake the stakes and stake the lower corners at a slight angle away from the end of the top awning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eVideos\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e**PLEASE NOTE: Upgrades, such as adjustable stake straps \u0026amp; velcro loops have been made to the shade wall that has not been reflected in this video**\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eQ \u0026amp; A\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIf I have an awning why do I need a shade wall\u003c\/strong\u003e?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhy do Jeeps have doors and not just tops? Shade walls will stop the beating sun from creeping at you during the day, they keep the waning sun from hitting you directly in the eyes while having a sunset beverage, as well as they are a great windbreak. And a wee bit of privacy from your neighbors' wandering eyes. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this include the poles?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, this is only a shade wall designed to install into our Tuff Stuff 4.5' X 6' awning. If you do not have the top awning, you will need to purchase one first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this be used on other brand awnings? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, however, we cannot guarantee fitment on other brand awnings, but if your awing has a round rail with a slot on the front of it, this will most likely install without an issue. Please reference the photo of the shade wall installed to understand where it is used.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eFitment\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eUniversal. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003ePart Numbers\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eMPN TS-AWN-SW-4.5\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Tuff Stuff Overland","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53621791064375,"sku":"TS-AWN-SW-4.5","price":93.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0744\/2808\/8631\/files\/tuff-stuff-awning-shade-wall-45-x-6-awning-shade-wall-tuff-stuff-overland-930903.jpg?v=1794603254"},{"product_id":"tuff-stuff-overland-xtreme-weather-covers-fits-softshell-rtts-silver","title":"Tuff Stuff Overland Xtreme Weather Covers, Fits Softshell RTTs, Silver","description":"\u003cp\u003eAdd another layer of protection, insulation, and warmth to your Tuff Stuff® Overland Roof top Tent with our Xtreme weather cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRoof top tent Xtreme weather covers typically are used for camping in extreme weather and will reflect exterior temperatures. Our Extreme weather covers are made of 150T Ripstop polyester Oxford with an aluminized coating to better reflect extreme cold \u0026amp; heat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade from an aluminized coated rainfly material the cold weather cover is capable of reflecting extreme cold air to help retain the body heat inside of the tent. Our cold weather cover fits snug around the corners using heavy-duty elastic bands and grommets to attach at the base using your window bungees. Our cold weather cover also zips open at the rear window (by your head) for added ventilation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAluminized coated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e150T Ripstop polyester Oxford\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2000mm Waterproof (can withstand 2,000mm of water over 1 day before water will start to penetrate)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUV resistant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlame retardant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTaped seams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYKK zippers used on doors opening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eInstructions\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tuff Stuff® Xtreme weather cover slips over the entire tent and fastens in multiple locations using the window bungees and elastic corners offering security in all types of weather.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tent can be fully closed and stored with the cover installed and can replace the rain fly permanently if you prefer. Please note: storing the tent with the rain fly \u0026amp; cold weather cover will affect the driving cover, so it may be necessary to remove some bedding to not damage zippers on the driving cover\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eFitment\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eUniversal. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003ePart Numbers\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMPN TS-RTT-EWC-TH-DLT (Trailhead \u0026amp; Delta)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMPN TS-RTT-EWC-RAN (Ranger)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMPN TS-RTT-EWC-RAN-65 (Ranger-65)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMPN TS-RTT-EWC-ELT (Elite)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Tuff Stuff Overland","offers":[{"title":"Trailhead \u0026 Delta","offer_id":53621791162679,"sku":"TS-RTT-EWC-TH-DLT","price":253.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ranger","offer_id":53621791195447,"sku":"TS-RTT-EWC-RAN","price":287.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ranger-65","offer_id":53621791228215,"sku":"TS-RTT-EWC-RAN-65","price":299.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Elite","offer_id":53621791260983,"sku":"TS-RTT-EWC-ELT","price":322.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0744\/2808\/8631\/files\/tuff-stuff-overland-roof-top-tent-xtreme-weather-covers-xtreme-weather-cover-tuff-stuff-overland-911233.jpg?v=1794603261"},{"product_id":"tuff-stuff-overland-portable-outdoor-changing-room-or-toilet-tent","title":"Tuff Stuff Overland Portable Outdoor Changing Room or Toilet Tent","description":"\u003cp\u003eTired of dodging the crowd to break away and use the bathroom or change from your street clothes to your swimsuit? Worry no more. Finally, a pop up privacy tent that makes using the toilet, or changing a lot more private while in the outdoors or at those crowded camps.\u003c\/p\u003e\nThe Tuff Stuff privacy tent includes an upper vent to keep the breeze coming through and 4 loops at every corner to secure the tent from blowing away in the wind.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnce you've used our toilet tent, you will consider it a part of your camp program instantly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eInstructions\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tuff Stuff pop-up privacy tent can set up in just a couple of minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSimply unzip the included cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeploy the tent like you would a vehicle window sunshade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStake the tent down at all 4 corners\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\u003ch4\u003eFitment\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eUniversal. Mounts to roof racks and bed racks with compatible cross bars; check the rack's dynamic load rating against the tent weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003ePart Numbers\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eMPN TS-TOILET-TENT\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Tuff Stuff Overland","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53621791293751,"sku":"TS-TOILET-TENT","price":80.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0744\/2808\/8631\/files\/tuff-stuff-portable-outdoor-changing-or-toilet-tent-toilet-tent-tuff-stuff-overland-406518.jpg?v=1794603268"},{"product_id":"tuff-stuff-overland-portable-outdoor-toilet-flushable-removable-holding-tank-5-gallon","title":"Tuff Stuff Overland Portable Outdoor Toilet, Flushable, Removable Holding Tank, 5 Gallon","description":"\u003cp\u003eProblem: Nowhere for the ladies to use the restroom.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSolution: A 5 gallon, flushable, portable, outdoor toilet, with a removable holding tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTired of going camping and using the woods as your personal wasteland? Having no luck finding a tumbleweed that doesn't tumble in the middle of your business?  Look no further. We have a solution to providing comfort and convenience during your outings where there are no facilities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tuff Stuff® portable toilets are easy to store, easy to empty, and very easy to use. With all of the amenities of an RV toilet, the Tuff Stuff® portable toilet pumps freshwater (flush away any evidence of use), has a folding lid, a rubber sealed black water storage, and an easy dump tube that is easy and safe to handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Tuff Stuff® Camping Toilet is ideal for camping, hiking, waiting for a parade with kids, marine applications, RVs, or as an emergency backup for all you preppers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe detachable\/storable spout and smooth high-gloss surface are built for quick, efficient scrubbing and disinfecting after use. A sample 4 oz toilet deodorizer is included in the package. Any toilet deodorizer can also be used when it's time to replace it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe upper basin holds 2.6 gallons of fresh, flushable water, while the lower basin holds 4.8 gallons of waste. A waste level indicator is located on the lower basin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe best part, when you're all done camping, partying, parade watching, etc. you take the (fully enclosed\/sealed) waste tank and flush the contents down a toilet.  Done.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCouple our toilet with a privacy tent and you're as close as it gets to glamping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCamping Toilet Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuick-release separation latch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWaste level indicator\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAir vent for quick discharge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiston pump for fast \u0026amp; freshwater toilet fill\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater tank holds 2.6 Gallons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWaste tank holds 4.8 Gallons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to clean high gloss surface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeak and odor proof rubber seal at the waste tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1-year warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eADDITIONAL DETAILS\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 8 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 23.62 x 14 x 16 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eQ \u0026amp; A\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you sell a privacy tent to put this in?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, we offer a portable privacy toilet tent that pops up in seconds, providing complete privacy in those less off-the-grid locations.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eFitment\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eUniversal. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003ePart Numbers\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eMPN TS-TOILET-5\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Tuff Stuff Overland","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53621791326519,"sku":"TS-TOILET-5","price":170.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0744\/2808\/8631\/files\/tuff-stuff-5-gallon-flushable-portable-outdoor-toilet-with-removable-holding-tank-930005.gif?v=1794603274"},{"product_id":"tuff-stuff-overland-t-nuts-set-of-8-fits-rtt-bed-rack-7-8x9-16-inch","title":"Tuff Stuff Overland T-Nuts (Set of 8), Fits RTT Bed Rack, 7\/8x9\/16 Inch","description":"\u003cp\u003eOur Roof top tent bed rack T-nuts will allow you to install our rooftop tent bed rack to any sliding track system with a 7\/8\" backside opening and 9\/16\" front side opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese are an exact match for the Toyota Tacoma \u0026amp; Tundra factory track systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eT-Nuts work with RTT Bed Racks\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTuff Stuff® Roof Top Tent Truck Bed Rack, Adjustable, Powder Coated 40\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTuff Stuff® Roof Top Tent Truck Bed Rack, Adjustable, Powder Coated 51\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch4\u003eFitment\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eUniversal. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003ePart Numbers\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eMPN TS-UBR-TN\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Tuff Stuff Overland","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53621791392055,"sku":"TS-UBR-TN","price":136.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0744\/2808\/8631\/files\/tuff-stuff-t-nuts-set-of-8-for-universal-bed-rack-322228.jpg?v=1794603281"},{"product_id":"tuff-stuff-overland-ladder-extension-for-softshell-rooftop-tent-add-21-inches","title":"Tuff Stuff Overland Ladder Extension, For Softshell Rooftop Tent, Add 21 Inches","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tuff Stuff® Rooftop Tent ladder extension provides an additional 21\" of height to your rooftop tent ladder. Simply slide the ladder arms into the aluminum body, drill the pin location to accommodate your necessary height, and enjoy. We also have an extension for your annex room available that zips under our tents so the ladder extension and lower annex room can be used together.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCarrying case included for easy storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ladder extension can both be stored inside of tent while not in use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeight: 21\"\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eFitment\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eUniversal. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003ePart Numbers\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMPN TS-LDR-EXT-RAN-DLT (Ranger \u0026amp; Delta)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMPN TS-LDR-EXT-RAN-65 (Ranger-65)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMPN TS-LDR-EXT-ELT (Elite)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Tuff Stuff Overland","offers":[{"title":"Ranger \u0026 Delta","offer_id":53621791457591,"sku":"TS-LDR-EXT-RAN-DLT","price":188.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ranger-65","offer_id":53621791490359,"sku":"TS-LDR-EXT-RAN-65","price":202.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Elite","offer_id":53621791523127,"sku":"TS-LDR-EXT-ELT","price":245.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0744\/2808\/8631\/files\/tuff-stuff-overland-roof-top-tent-ladder-extension-annex-extension-213707.jpg?v=1794603287"},{"product_id":"tuff-stuff-overland-truck-or-car-awning-shade-wall-6-5x8-feet-poly-cotton-ripstop-fabric-tan","title":"Tuff Stuff Overland Truck or Car Awning Shade Wall, 6.5x8 Feet, Poly-Cotton Ripstop Fabric, Tan","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tuff Stuff awning shade wall slides into your existing awning in seconds and provides instant additional shelter from the wind, sun, or rain. The Tuff Stuff Awning Shade Wall is an affordable and easy way to upgrade your Tuff Stuff Awning.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFEATURES \u0026amp; BENEFITS:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Adds another panel to our 8 x 6.5-foot awning for even more shade\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e Made from the same rugged 280G poly-cotton Ripstop fabric as our awning\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e Installs easily and quickly\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufactured from high quality waterproof 280G polyester\/cotton (the best water-shedding material on the market)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUV rated for sun protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoated with polyurethane for maximum rain protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstalls onto an existing awning in seconds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for use on our 6.5 x 8-foot rooftop awning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes 2 qty ground stakes and 1 qty 6.5 x 8-foot panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation: Easy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e*This item is ONLY the shade wall. Does not include awning* Get the Tuff Stuff® Roof Top Awning 6.5′ x 8′ here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eInstructions\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInsert corner piping into the channel of your Tuff Stuff 6.5′ x 8′ Top Awning and run through the channel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTake the stakes and stake the lower corners at a slight angle away from the end of the top awning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eVideos\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e**PLEASE NOTE: Upgrades, such as adjustable stake straps \u0026amp; velcro loops have been made to the shade wall that has not been reflected in this video**\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eQ \u0026amp; A\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIf I have an awning why do I need a shade wall?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhy do Jeeps have doors and not just tops? Shade walls will stop the beating sun from creeping at you during the day, they keep the waning sun from hitting you directly in the eyes while having a sunset beverage, as well as they are a great windbreak. And a wee bit of privacy from your neighbors' wandering eyes. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this come with the poles?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, this is only a shade wall designed to install into our Tuff Stuff 6.5' X 8' awning. If you do not have the top awning, you will need to purchase one first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this be used on other brand awnings? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, however, we cannot guarantee fitment on other brand awnings, but if your awing has a round rail with a slot on the front of it, this will most likely install without an issue. Please reference the photo of the shade wall installed to understand where it is used.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eFitment\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eUniversal. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003ePart Numbers\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eMPN TS-AWN-SW-6.5\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Tuff Stuff Overland","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53621791555895,"sku":"TS-AWN-SW-6.5","price":105.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0744\/2808\/8631\/files\/tuff-stuff-awning-shade-wall-65-x-8-awning-shade-wall-tuff-stuff-overland-396551.jpg?v=1794603295"},{"product_id":"tuff-stuff-overland-truck-or-car-awning-4-5x6-feet-poly-cotton-ripstop-fabric-tan","title":"Tuff Stuff Overland Truck or Car Awning, 4.5x6 Feet, Poly-Cotton Ripstop Fabric, Tan","description":"\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTuff Stuff 6.5 x 4-Foot Rooftop Awning is ideal for mid-size trucks, Jeeps, smaller SUVs, and crossovers. Baking in the sun is now a thing of the past. Wherever you decide to mount it, the Tuff Stuff Awning provides enough shade for you and your crew.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFEATURES \u0026amp; BENEFITS:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Measures 6.5 x 4 feet for a smaller footprint\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e Rugged and tough 280G poly-cotton Ripstop fabric sheds water and blocks wind\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e An all-aluminum frame is both strong and light\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e Multiple mounting options\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e Includes a tough 1000D PVC driving cover for transport\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAwning\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufactured from high quality waterproof 280G polyester\/cotton (the best water-shedding material on the market)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUV rated for sun protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoated with polyurethane for maximum rain protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 qty support arms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4  qty Velcro support loops per pole\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReflective guide ropes for additional lateral support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTested to withstand severe winds\/weather (while using guide ropes)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll aluminum frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAwning Driving Cover\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy-duty YKK zipper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack, 1000D PVC waterproof\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes all necessary stainless hardware and universal L brackets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation: Easy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4.5' Awning Dimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth by Length: 4.5 x 6' feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: Up to 7'\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes: 2 qty ground stakes and 1 qty 4.5 x 6-foot panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 21Lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eInstructions\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnzip the awning driving cover.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoll awning towards you while holding in the middle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhen the awning is completely unwrapped then pull the right and left side poles down from the hard tube on the end that you are holding.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjust the feet to the position height you want.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLock feet by twisting the bottom pole.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwing out both side supporting poles that will attach to the roof of the awning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBring these poles to the front bracket and lock in place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNote: Mounting Hardware shipped inside Weather Cover.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eVideos\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eQ \u0026amp; A\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill I ever use the awning?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely, the awning will be the first thing you pull out when you hang out at the beach, go to the desert, tailgating, or are watching the kids play. Instant shade and protection from the elements is something you don't think about until you need it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this hold up in wind?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, with the provided guide ropes and stakes, your awning can withstand moderate (10-20MPH) winds without damaging the poles. If there is any chance of wind, be sure to use the stakes \u0026amp; ropes as we do not cover wind damage under warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this be used in rain?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can certainly use your awning in light rains. If the awning fabric pools up water in the middle, there is a good chance your awning legs will buckle, ruining the structure. If you are present during a rainstorm, be sure to continuously pour the rainwater off of the fabric to prevent permanent damage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the shade wall be rolled up with the awning?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, if you lay the awning shade wall flat, and you are careful in rolling it up, the shade wall can be kept attached to the awning and stored for transport inside of the storage bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eFitment\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eUniversal. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003ePart Numbers\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eMPN TS-AWN-RT-4.5\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Tuff Stuff Overland","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53621791588663,"sku":"TS-AWN-RT-4.5","price":314.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0744\/2808\/8631\/files\/tuff-stuff-roof-top-awning-45-x-6-awning-tuff-stuff-overland-964605.jpg?v=1794603301"},{"product_id":"tuff-stuff-overland-anti-condensation-mat-fits-rooftop-softshell-tents","title":"Tuff Stuff Overland Anti-Condensation Mat, Fits Rooftop Softshell Tents","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tuff Stuff Anti-Condensation Mat to help combat moisture buildup. Place under the mattress of the Ranger 65, The Original Ranger, Delta, Trailhead, or Elite Rooftop Tent for extra circulation that helps fight condensation from forming on the tent’s walls and floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFEATURES \u0026amp; BENEFITS:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Installs easily under the mattress of the appropriate Rooftop Tent\u003cbr\u003e Fights condensation and mildew buildup inside of your tent\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOriginal Ranger, Delta \u0026amp; Trailhead Anti-Condensation Mat L\/W\/H: 48 x 56 x 1\/4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRanger 65 Anti-Condensation Mat L\/W\/H: 48 x 65 x 1\/4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElite Anti-Condensation Mat L\/W\/H: 48 x 76 x 1\/4 inches\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eInstructions\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove the mattress from the tent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLay the 2 mats on both surfaces of the tent floor so there is no overlapping (trimming may be necessary).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsing 3M Self Adhesive Tape (not included) or 2-4 self-tapping screws (not included) and wide fender washers, screw through the mat at the front 2 corners closest to the ladder and move to the middle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis is done so the mat does not slide out while opening the tent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePut the mattress back in place and enjoy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eQ \u0026amp; A\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy use an anti-condensation mat?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe answer is simple; to reduce the condensation inside of your tent that can occur underneath the mattress. Don't learn the hard way like us when it comes time to go home and you notice moisture dripping down the floor of your tent... Add an anti-condensation mat and make your rooftop tent last for years.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy would there be moisture in the tent?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause the tent holds its temperature inside so well and the floors are made of aluminum, body heat transfers through the floor causing varying temperatures between the outside and inside surfaces (temperature gradient). When this temperature change occurs, moisture can also occur under the mattress on the warmest part of the floor. To eliminate this, add our 1\/4 inch anti-condensation mat which provides a layer between your body and the aluminum floor to reduce the temperature change which leads to moisture. Think of drinking ice water from an aluminum cup. This is why an anti-condensation mat is so important.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eFitment\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eUniversal. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003ePart Numbers\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMPN TS-ACM-RAN-65 (Ranger 65)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMPN TS-ACM-TH-RAN-DLT (Original Ranger, Delta \u0026amp; Trailhead)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMPN TS-ACM-ELT (Elite)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Tuff Stuff Overland","offers":[{"title":"Ranger 65","offer_id":53621791719735,"sku":"TS-ACM-RAN-65","price":159.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Original Ranger, Delta \u0026 Trailhead","offer_id":53621791752503,"sku":"TS-ACM-TH-RAN-DLT","price":120.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Elite","offer_id":53621791785271,"sku":"TS-ACM-ELT","price":165.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0744\/2808\/8631\/files\/tuff-stuff-overland-roof-top-tent-anti-condensation-mat-569103.jpg?v=1794603309"},{"product_id":"tuff-stuff-overland-annex-room-fits-ranger-65-ranger-elite-96x96-inches-tan","title":"Tuff Stuff Overland Annex Room, Fits Ranger 65 \/ Ranger \/ Elite, 96x96 Inches, Tan","description":"\u003cp\u003eNeed more room? The Tuff Stuff Annex Room is a solution. Great for storage, kids, dogs, etc.  It also works well as a changing room when the campsite is fuller than normal. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Elite and Original Ranger (ordered prior to 4\/13\/21) tents already include an annex room. If you need an annex room for the Ranger 65 or a replacement annex room for your Original Ranger look no further.  \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is for the annex room only, tents are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRanger 65 Annex room fits \u003cstrong\u003e65\"\u003c\/strong\u003e wide Tuff Stuff Ranger 65 rooftop tents with an overhang above the ladder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e96 x 96 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e420D Oxford side walls \u0026amp; 1000D PVC floor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTaped seams to prevent moisture from leaching in through the seams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eElite Annex room fits \u003cstrong\u003e77.5\"\u003c\/strong\u003e wide Tuff Stuff Elite rooftop tents with an overhang above the ladder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e113 x 90 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e420D Oxford side walls \u0026amp; 1000D PVC floor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTaped seams to prevent moisture from leaching in through the seams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRanger Annex room fits \u003cstrong\u003e56\"\u003c\/strong\u003e wide Tuff Stuff Ranger\u003cstrong\u003e (Original - Ranger's ordered prior to 4\/13\/21)\u003c\/strong\u003e rooftop tents with the overhang above the ladder, with a #10 YKK zipper.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e90 x 90 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e420D Oxford side walls \u0026amp; 1000D PVC floor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTaped seams to prevent moisture from leaching in through the seams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch4\u003eFitment\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eUniversal. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003ePart Numbers\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMPN TS-ANX-RAN-65 (Ranger 65 (New 65\" width))\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMPN TS-ANX-ELT (Elite)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMPN TS-ANX-RAN (Ranger (56\" Original))\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Tuff Stuff Overland","offers":[{"title":"Ranger 65 (New 65\" width)","offer_id":53621791883575,"sku":"TS-ANX-RAN-65","price":451.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Elite","offer_id":53621791916343,"sku":"TS-ANX-ELT","price":490.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ranger (56\" Original)","offer_id":53621791949111,"sku":"TS-ANX-RAN","price":385.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0744\/2808\/8631\/files\/tuff-stuff-overland-roof-top-tent-annex-room-ranger-65-or-elite-annex-room-tuff-stuff-overland-419085.jpg?v=1794603315"},{"product_id":"tuff-stuff-overland-insulated-rtt-liner-quilted-zip-in-gray","title":"Tuff Stuff Overland Insulated RTT Liner, Quilted, Zip-in, Gray","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tuff Stuff® Insulated Liner is just what you need on a chilly night. Made from quilted cotton.  Create your own hibernation den with your little cubs.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInsulation Liner requires Internal Zippers to install. Please check the inside of your Alpha for compatibility. Our first-generation tents do not have the internal zippers required for installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA special thank you to @fooding_overlander for the liner images and video.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eInstructions\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZip in the liner and enjoy the extra heat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\u003ch4\u003eFitment\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eUniversal. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003ePart Numbers\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMPN TS-RTT-LNR-CS2 (Alpha II Liner)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMPN TS-RTT-LNR-CS (Alpha \u0026amp; Stealth Liner)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Tuff Stuff Overland","offers":[{"title":"Alpha II Liner","offer_id":53621792440631,"sku":"TS-RTT-LNR-CS2","price":368.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Alpha \u0026 Stealth Liner","offer_id":53621792473399,"sku":"TS-RTT-LNR-CS","price":380.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0744\/2808\/8631\/files\/tuff-stuff-alpha-insulated-liner-insulation-liner-tuff-stuff-overland-825057.jpg?v=1794603338"}],"url":"https:\/\/trailrecon.com\/collections\/tuff-stuff-overland.oembed","provider":"TrailRecon","version":"1.0","type":"link"}